LLVM 23.0.0git
InstructionCombining.cpp
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
10// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG. This pass is where
11// algebraic simplification happens.
12//
13// This pass combines things like:
14// %Y = add i32 %X, 1
15// %Z = add i32 %Y, 1
16// into:
17// %Z = add i32 %X, 2
18//
19// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
20//
21// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
22// the program:
23// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
24// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
25// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
26// 3. Compare instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
27// 4. All cmp instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
28// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
29// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
30// shifts.
31// ... etc.
32//
33//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
34
35#include "InstCombineInternal.h"
36#include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
37#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
38#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
47#include "llvm/Analysis/CFG.h"
62#include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
63#include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
64#include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
65#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
66#include "llvm/IR/DIBuilder.h"
67#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
68#include "llvm/IR/DebugInfo.h"
70#include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
72#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
74#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
75#include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
76#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
79#include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
80#include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
81#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
82#include "llvm/IR/PassManager.h"
84#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
85#include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
86#include "llvm/IR/User.h"
87#include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
88#include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
93#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
102#include <algorithm>
103#include <cassert>
104#include <cstdint>
105#include <memory>
106#include <optional>
107#include <string>
108#include <utility>
109
110#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
112#include <optional>
113
114using namespace llvm;
115using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
116
117STATISTIC(NumWorklistIterations,
118 "Number of instruction combining iterations performed");
119STATISTIC(NumOneIteration, "Number of functions with one iteration");
120STATISTIC(NumTwoIterations, "Number of functions with two iterations");
121STATISTIC(NumThreeIterations, "Number of functions with three iterations");
122STATISTIC(NumFourOrMoreIterations,
123 "Number of functions with four or more iterations");
124
125STATISTIC(NumCombined , "Number of insts combined");
126STATISTIC(NumConstProp, "Number of constant folds");
127STATISTIC(NumDeadInst , "Number of dead inst eliminated");
128STATISTIC(NumSunkInst , "Number of instructions sunk");
129STATISTIC(NumExpand, "Number of expansions");
130STATISTIC(NumFactor , "Number of factorizations");
131STATISTIC(NumReassoc , "Number of reassociations");
132DEBUG_COUNTER(VisitCounter, "instcombine-visit",
133 "Controls which instructions are visited");
134
135static cl::opt<bool> EnableCodeSinking("instcombine-code-sinking",
136 cl::desc("Enable code sinking"),
137 cl::init(true));
138
140 "instcombine-max-sink-users", cl::init(32),
141 cl::desc("Maximum number of undroppable users for instruction sinking"));
142
144MaxArraySize("instcombine-maxarray-size", cl::init(1024),
145 cl::desc("Maximum array size considered when doing a combine"));
146
147namespace llvm {
149} // end namespace llvm
150
151// FIXME: Remove this flag when it is no longer necessary to convert
152// llvm.dbg.declare to avoid inaccurate debug info. Setting this to false
153// increases variable availability at the cost of accuracy. Variables that
154// cannot be promoted by mem2reg or SROA will be described as living in memory
155// for their entire lifetime. However, passes like DSE and instcombine can
156// delete stores to the alloca, leading to misleading and inaccurate debug
157// information. This flag can be removed when those passes are fixed.
158static cl::opt<unsigned> ShouldLowerDbgDeclare("instcombine-lower-dbg-declare",
159 cl::Hidden, cl::init(true));
160
161std::optional<Instruction *>
163 // Handle target specific intrinsics
164 if (II.getCalledFunction()->isTargetIntrinsic()) {
165 return TTIForTargetIntrinsicsOnly.instCombineIntrinsic(*this, II);
166 }
167 return std::nullopt;
168}
169
171 IntrinsicInst &II, APInt DemandedMask, KnownBits &Known,
172 bool &KnownBitsComputed) {
173 // Handle target specific intrinsics
174 if (II.getCalledFunction()->isTargetIntrinsic()) {
175 return TTIForTargetIntrinsicsOnly.simplifyDemandedUseBitsIntrinsic(
176 *this, II, DemandedMask, Known, KnownBitsComputed);
177 }
178 return std::nullopt;
179}
180
182 IntrinsicInst &II, APInt DemandedElts, APInt &PoisonElts,
183 APInt &PoisonElts2, APInt &PoisonElts3,
184 std::function<void(Instruction *, unsigned, APInt, APInt &)>
185 SimplifyAndSetOp) {
186 // Handle target specific intrinsics
187 if (II.getCalledFunction()->isTargetIntrinsic()) {
188 return TTIForTargetIntrinsicsOnly.simplifyDemandedVectorEltsIntrinsic(
189 *this, II, DemandedElts, PoisonElts, PoisonElts2, PoisonElts3,
190 SimplifyAndSetOp);
191 }
192 return std::nullopt;
193}
194
195bool InstCombiner::isValidAddrSpaceCast(unsigned FromAS, unsigned ToAS) const {
196 // Approved exception for TTI use: This queries a legality property of the
197 // target, not an profitability heuristic. Ideally this should be part of
198 // DataLayout instead.
199 return TTIForTargetIntrinsicsOnly.isValidAddrSpaceCast(FromAS, ToAS);
200}
201
202Value *InstCombinerImpl::EmitGEPOffset(GEPOperator *GEP, bool RewriteGEP) {
203 if (!RewriteGEP)
204 return llvm::emitGEPOffset(&Builder, DL, GEP);
205
206 IRBuilderBase::InsertPointGuard Guard(Builder);
207 auto *Inst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(GEP);
208 if (Inst)
209 Builder.SetInsertPoint(Inst);
210
211 Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEP);
212 // Rewrite non-trivial GEPs to avoid duplicating the offset arithmetic.
213 if (Inst && !GEP->hasAllConstantIndices() &&
214 !GEP->getSourceElementType()->isIntegerTy(8)) {
216 *Inst, Builder.CreateGEP(Builder.getInt8Ty(), GEP->getPointerOperand(),
217 Offset, "", GEP->getNoWrapFlags()));
219 }
220 return Offset;
221}
222
223Value *InstCombinerImpl::EmitGEPOffsets(ArrayRef<GEPOperator *> GEPs,
224 GEPNoWrapFlags NW, Type *IdxTy,
225 bool RewriteGEPs) {
226 auto Add = [&](Value *Sum, Value *Offset) -> Value * {
227 if (Sum)
228 return Builder.CreateAdd(Sum, Offset, "", NW.hasNoUnsignedWrap(),
229 NW.isInBounds());
230 else
231 return Offset;
232 };
233
234 Value *Sum = nullptr;
235 Value *OneUseSum = nullptr;
236 Value *OneUseBase = nullptr;
237 GEPNoWrapFlags OneUseFlags = GEPNoWrapFlags::all();
238 for (GEPOperator *GEP : reverse(GEPs)) {
239 Value *Offset;
240 {
241 // Expand the offset at the point of the previous GEP to enable rewriting.
242 // However, use the original insertion point for calculating Sum.
243 IRBuilderBase::InsertPointGuard Guard(Builder);
244 auto *Inst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(GEP);
245 if (RewriteGEPs && Inst)
246 Builder.SetInsertPoint(Inst);
247
249 if (Offset->getType() != IdxTy)
250 Offset = Builder.CreateVectorSplat(
251 cast<VectorType>(IdxTy)->getElementCount(), Offset);
252 if (GEP->hasOneUse()) {
253 // Offsets of one-use GEPs will be merged into the next multi-use GEP.
254 OneUseSum = Add(OneUseSum, Offset);
255 OneUseFlags = OneUseFlags.intersectForOffsetAdd(GEP->getNoWrapFlags());
256 if (!OneUseBase)
257 OneUseBase = GEP->getPointerOperand();
258 continue;
259 }
260
261 if (OneUseSum)
262 Offset = Add(OneUseSum, Offset);
263
264 // Rewrite the GEP to reuse the computed offset. This also includes
265 // offsets from preceding one-use GEPs.
266 if (RewriteGEPs && Inst &&
267 !(GEP->getSourceElementType()->isIntegerTy(8) &&
268 GEP->getOperand(1) == Offset)) {
270 *Inst,
271 Builder.CreatePtrAdd(
272 OneUseBase ? OneUseBase : GEP->getPointerOperand(), Offset, "",
273 OneUseFlags.intersectForOffsetAdd(GEP->getNoWrapFlags())));
275 }
276 }
277
278 Sum = Add(Sum, Offset);
279 OneUseSum = OneUseBase = nullptr;
280 OneUseFlags = GEPNoWrapFlags::all();
281 }
282 if (OneUseSum)
283 Sum = Add(Sum, OneUseSum);
284 if (!Sum)
285 return Constant::getNullValue(IdxTy);
286 return Sum;
287}
288
289/// Legal integers and common types are considered desirable. This is used to
290/// avoid creating instructions with types that may not be supported well by the
291/// the backend.
292/// NOTE: This treats i8, i16 and i32 specially because they are common
293/// types in frontend languages.
294bool InstCombinerImpl::isDesirableIntType(unsigned BitWidth) const {
295 switch (BitWidth) {
296 case 8:
297 case 16:
298 case 32:
299 return true;
300 default:
301 return DL.isLegalInteger(BitWidth);
302 }
303}
304
305/// Return true if it is desirable to convert an integer computation from a
306/// given bit width to a new bit width.
307/// We don't want to convert from a legal or desirable type (like i8) to an
308/// illegal type or from a smaller to a larger illegal type. A width of '1'
309/// is always treated as a desirable type because i1 is a fundamental type in
310/// IR, and there are many specialized optimizations for i1 types.
311/// Common/desirable widths are equally treated as legal to convert to, in
312/// order to open up more combining opportunities.
313bool InstCombinerImpl::shouldChangeType(unsigned FromWidth,
314 unsigned ToWidth) const {
315 bool FromLegal = FromWidth == 1 || DL.isLegalInteger(FromWidth);
316 bool ToLegal = ToWidth == 1 || DL.isLegalInteger(ToWidth);
317
318 // Convert to desirable widths even if they are not legal types.
319 // Only shrink types, to prevent infinite loops.
320 if (ToWidth < FromWidth && isDesirableIntType(ToWidth))
321 return true;
322
323 // If this is a legal or desiable integer from type, and the result would be
324 // an illegal type, don't do the transformation.
325 if ((FromLegal || isDesirableIntType(FromWidth)) && !ToLegal)
326 return false;
327
328 // Otherwise, if both are illegal, do not increase the size of the result. We
329 // do allow things like i160 -> i64, but not i64 -> i160.
330 if (!FromLegal && !ToLegal && ToWidth > FromWidth)
331 return false;
332
333 return true;
334}
335
336/// Return true if it is desirable to convert a computation from 'From' to 'To'.
337/// We don't want to convert from a legal to an illegal type or from a smaller
338/// to a larger illegal type. i1 is always treated as a legal type because it is
339/// a fundamental type in IR, and there are many specialized optimizations for
340/// i1 types.
341bool InstCombinerImpl::shouldChangeType(Type *From, Type *To) const {
342 // TODO: This could be extended to allow vectors. Datalayout changes might be
343 // needed to properly support that.
344 if (!From->isIntegerTy() || !To->isIntegerTy())
345 return false;
346
347 unsigned FromWidth = From->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
348 unsigned ToWidth = To->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
349 return shouldChangeType(FromWidth, ToWidth);
350}
351
352// Return true, if No Signed Wrap should be maintained for I.
353// The No Signed Wrap flag can be kept if the operation "B (I.getOpcode) C",
354// where both B and C should be ConstantInts, results in a constant that does
355// not overflow. This function only handles the Add/Sub/Mul opcodes. For
356// all other opcodes, the function conservatively returns false.
359 if (!OBO || !OBO->hasNoSignedWrap())
360 return false;
361
362 const APInt *BVal, *CVal;
363 if (!match(B, m_APInt(BVal)) || !match(C, m_APInt(CVal)))
364 return false;
365
366 // We reason about Add/Sub/Mul Only.
367 bool Overflow = false;
368 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
369 case Instruction::Add:
370 (void)BVal->sadd_ov(*CVal, Overflow);
371 break;
372 case Instruction::Sub:
373 (void)BVal->ssub_ov(*CVal, Overflow);
374 break;
375 case Instruction::Mul:
376 (void)BVal->smul_ov(*CVal, Overflow);
377 break;
378 default:
379 // Conservatively return false for other opcodes.
380 return false;
381 }
382 return !Overflow;
383}
384
387 return OBO && OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
388}
389
392 return OBO && OBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
393}
394
395/// Conservatively clears subclassOptionalData after a reassociation or
396/// commutation. We preserve fast-math flags when applicable as they can be
397/// preserved.
400 if (!FPMO) {
401 I.clearSubclassOptionalData();
402 return;
403 }
404
405 FastMathFlags FMF = I.getFastMathFlags();
406 I.clearSubclassOptionalData();
407 I.setFastMathFlags(FMF);
408}
409
410/// Combine constant operands of associative operations either before or after a
411/// cast to eliminate one of the associative operations:
412/// (op (cast (op X, C2)), C1) --> (cast (op X, op (C1, C2)))
413/// (op (cast (op X, C2)), C1) --> (op (cast X), op (C1, C2))
415 InstCombinerImpl &IC) {
416 auto *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(BinOp1->getOperand(0));
417 if (!Cast || !Cast->hasOneUse())
418 return false;
419
420 // TODO: Enhance logic for other casts and remove this check.
421 auto CastOpcode = Cast->getOpcode();
422 if (CastOpcode != Instruction::ZExt)
423 return false;
424
425 // TODO: Enhance logic for other BinOps and remove this check.
426 if (!BinOp1->isBitwiseLogicOp())
427 return false;
428
429 auto AssocOpcode = BinOp1->getOpcode();
430 auto *BinOp2 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Cast->getOperand(0));
431 if (!BinOp2 || !BinOp2->hasOneUse() || BinOp2->getOpcode() != AssocOpcode)
432 return false;
433
434 Constant *C1, *C2;
435 if (!match(BinOp1->getOperand(1), m_Constant(C1)) ||
436 !match(BinOp2->getOperand(1), m_Constant(C2)))
437 return false;
438
439 // TODO: This assumes a zext cast.
440 // Eg, if it was a trunc, we'd cast C1 to the source type because casting C2
441 // to the destination type might lose bits.
442
443 // Fold the constants together in the destination type:
444 // (op (cast (op X, C2)), C1) --> (op (cast X), FoldedC)
445 const DataLayout &DL = IC.getDataLayout();
446 Type *DestTy = C1->getType();
447 Constant *CastC2 = ConstantFoldCastOperand(CastOpcode, C2, DestTy, DL);
448 if (!CastC2)
449 return false;
450 Constant *FoldedC = ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(AssocOpcode, C1, CastC2, DL);
451 if (!FoldedC)
452 return false;
453
454 IC.replaceOperand(*Cast, 0, BinOp2->getOperand(0));
455 IC.replaceOperand(*BinOp1, 1, FoldedC);
457 Cast->dropPoisonGeneratingFlags();
458 return true;
459}
460
461// Simplifies IntToPtr/PtrToInt RoundTrip Cast.
462// inttoptr ( ptrtoint (x) ) --> x
463Value *InstCombinerImpl::simplifyIntToPtrRoundTripCast(Value *Val) {
464 auto *IntToPtr = dyn_cast<IntToPtrInst>(Val);
465 if (IntToPtr && DL.getTypeSizeInBits(IntToPtr->getDestTy()) ==
466 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(IntToPtr->getSrcTy())) {
467 auto *PtrToInt = dyn_cast<PtrToIntInst>(IntToPtr->getOperand(0));
468 Type *CastTy = IntToPtr->getDestTy();
469 if (PtrToInt &&
470 CastTy->getPointerAddressSpace() ==
471 PtrToInt->getSrcTy()->getPointerAddressSpace() &&
472 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(PtrToInt->getSrcTy()) ==
473 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(PtrToInt->getDestTy()))
474 return PtrToInt->getOperand(0);
475 }
476 return nullptr;
477}
478
479/// This performs a few simplifications for operators that are associative or
480/// commutative:
481///
482/// Commutative operators:
483///
484/// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
485/// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
486/// binary operators.
487///
488/// Associative operators:
489///
490/// 2. Transform: "(A op B) op C" ==> "A op (B op C)" if "B op C" simplifies.
491/// 3. Transform: "A op (B op C)" ==> "(A op B) op C" if "A op B" simplifies.
492///
493/// Associative and commutative operators:
494///
495/// 4. Transform: "(A op B) op C" ==> "(C op A) op B" if "C op A" simplifies.
496/// 5. Transform: "A op (B op C)" ==> "B op (C op A)" if "C op A" simplifies.
497/// 6. Transform: "(A op C1) op (B op C2)" ==> "(A op B) op (C1 op C2)"
498/// if C1 and C2 are constants.
500 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
501 bool Changed = false;
502
503 do {
504 // Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
505 // left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
506 // binary operators.
507 if (I.isCommutative() && getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) <
508 getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
509 Changed = !I.swapOperands();
510
511 if (I.isCommutative()) {
512 if (auto Pair = matchSymmetricPair(I.getOperand(0), I.getOperand(1))) {
513 replaceOperand(I, 0, Pair->first);
514 replaceOperand(I, 1, Pair->second);
515 Changed = true;
516 }
517 }
518
519 BinaryOperator *Op0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0));
520 BinaryOperator *Op1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1));
521
522 if (I.isAssociative()) {
523 // Transform: "(A op B) op C" ==> "A op (B op C)" if "B op C" simplifies.
524 if (Op0 && Op0->getOpcode() == Opcode) {
525 Value *A = Op0->getOperand(0);
526 Value *B = Op0->getOperand(1);
527 Value *C = I.getOperand(1);
528
529 // Does "B op C" simplify?
530 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, B, C, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I))) {
531 // It simplifies to V. Form "A op V".
532 replaceOperand(I, 0, A);
533 replaceOperand(I, 1, V);
534 bool IsNUW = hasNoUnsignedWrap(I) && hasNoUnsignedWrap(*Op0);
535 bool IsNSW = maintainNoSignedWrap(I, B, C) && hasNoSignedWrap(*Op0);
536
537 // Conservatively clear all optional flags since they may not be
538 // preserved by the reassociation. Reset nsw/nuw based on the above
539 // analysis.
541
542 // Note: this is only valid because SimplifyBinOp doesn't look at
543 // the operands to Op0.
544 if (IsNUW)
545 I.setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true);
546
547 if (IsNSW)
548 I.setHasNoSignedWrap(true);
549
550 Changed = true;
551 ++NumReassoc;
552 continue;
553 }
554 }
555
556 // Transform: "A op (B op C)" ==> "(A op B) op C" if "A op B" simplifies.
557 if (Op1 && Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode) {
558 Value *A = I.getOperand(0);
559 Value *B = Op1->getOperand(0);
560 Value *C = Op1->getOperand(1);
561
562 // Does "A op B" simplify?
563 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, A, B, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I))) {
564 // It simplifies to V. Form "V op C".
565 replaceOperand(I, 0, V);
566 replaceOperand(I, 1, C);
567 // Conservatively clear the optional flags, since they may not be
568 // preserved by the reassociation.
570 Changed = true;
571 ++NumReassoc;
572 continue;
573 }
574 }
575 }
576
577 if (I.isAssociative() && I.isCommutative()) {
578 if (simplifyAssocCastAssoc(&I, *this)) {
579 Changed = true;
580 ++NumReassoc;
581 continue;
582 }
583
584 // Transform: "(A op B) op C" ==> "(C op A) op B" if "C op A" simplifies.
585 if (Op0 && Op0->getOpcode() == Opcode) {
586 Value *A = Op0->getOperand(0);
587 Value *B = Op0->getOperand(1);
588 Value *C = I.getOperand(1);
589
590 // Does "C op A" simplify?
591 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, C, A, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I))) {
592 // It simplifies to V. Form "V op B".
593 replaceOperand(I, 0, V);
594 replaceOperand(I, 1, B);
595 // Conservatively clear the optional flags, since they may not be
596 // preserved by the reassociation.
598 Changed = true;
599 ++NumReassoc;
600 continue;
601 }
602 }
603
604 // Transform: "A op (B op C)" ==> "B op (C op A)" if "C op A" simplifies.
605 if (Op1 && Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode) {
606 Value *A = I.getOperand(0);
607 Value *B = Op1->getOperand(0);
608 Value *C = Op1->getOperand(1);
609
610 // Does "C op A" simplify?
611 if (Value *V = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, C, A, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I))) {
612 // It simplifies to V. Form "B op V".
613 replaceOperand(I, 0, B);
614 replaceOperand(I, 1, V);
615 // Conservatively clear the optional flags, since they may not be
616 // preserved by the reassociation.
618 Changed = true;
619 ++NumReassoc;
620 continue;
621 }
622 }
623
624 // Transform: "(A op C1) op (B op C2)" ==> "(A op B) op (C1 op C2)"
625 // if C1 and C2 are constants.
626 Value *A, *B;
627 Constant *C1, *C2, *CRes;
628 if (Op0 && Op1 &&
629 Op0->getOpcode() == Opcode && Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode &&
630 match(Op0, m_OneUse(m_BinOp(m_Value(A), m_Constant(C1)))) &&
631 match(Op1, m_OneUse(m_BinOp(m_Value(B), m_Constant(C2)))) &&
632 (CRes = ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(Opcode, C1, C2, DL))) {
633 bool IsNUW = hasNoUnsignedWrap(I) &&
634 hasNoUnsignedWrap(*Op0) &&
635 hasNoUnsignedWrap(*Op1);
636 BinaryOperator *NewBO = (IsNUW && Opcode == Instruction::Add) ?
637 BinaryOperator::CreateNUW(Opcode, A, B) :
638 BinaryOperator::Create(Opcode, A, B);
639
640 if (isa<FPMathOperator>(NewBO)) {
641 FastMathFlags Flags = I.getFastMathFlags() &
642 Op0->getFastMathFlags() &
643 Op1->getFastMathFlags();
644 NewBO->setFastMathFlags(Flags);
645 }
646 InsertNewInstWith(NewBO, I.getIterator());
647 NewBO->takeName(Op1);
648 replaceOperand(I, 0, NewBO);
649 replaceOperand(I, 1, CRes);
650 // Conservatively clear the optional flags, since they may not be
651 // preserved by the reassociation.
653 if (IsNUW)
654 I.setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true);
655
656 Changed = true;
657 continue;
658 }
659 }
660
661 // No further simplifications.
662 return Changed;
663 } while (true);
664}
665
666/// Return whether "X LOp (Y ROp Z)" is always equal to
667/// "(X LOp Y) ROp (X LOp Z)".
670 // X & (Y | Z) <--> (X & Y) | (X & Z)
671 // X & (Y ^ Z) <--> (X & Y) ^ (X & Z)
672 if (LOp == Instruction::And)
673 return ROp == Instruction::Or || ROp == Instruction::Xor;
674
675 // X | (Y & Z) <--> (X | Y) & (X | Z)
676 if (LOp == Instruction::Or)
677 return ROp == Instruction::And;
678
679 // X * (Y + Z) <--> (X * Y) + (X * Z)
680 // X * (Y - Z) <--> (X * Y) - (X * Z)
681 if (LOp == Instruction::Mul)
682 return ROp == Instruction::Add || ROp == Instruction::Sub;
683
684 return false;
685}
686
687/// Return whether "(X LOp Y) ROp Z" is always equal to
688/// "(X ROp Z) LOp (Y ROp Z)".
692 return leftDistributesOverRight(ROp, LOp);
693
694 // (X {&|^} Y) >> Z <--> (X >> Z) {&|^} (Y >> Z) for all shifts.
696
697 // TODO: It would be nice to handle division, aka "(X + Y)/Z = X/Z + Y/Z",
698 // but this requires knowing that the addition does not overflow and other
699 // such subtleties.
700}
701
702/// This function returns identity value for given opcode, which can be used to
703/// factor patterns like (X * 2) + X ==> (X * 2) + (X * 1) ==> X * (2 + 1).
705 if (isa<Constant>(V))
706 return nullptr;
707
708 return ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(Opcode, V->getType());
709}
710
711/// This function predicates factorization using distributive laws. By default,
712/// it just returns the 'Op' inputs. But for special-cases like
713/// 'add(shl(X, 5), ...)', this function will have TopOpcode == Instruction::Add
714/// and Op = shl(X, 5). The 'shl' is treated as the more general 'mul X, 32' to
715/// allow more factorization opportunities.
718 Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS, BinaryOperator *OtherOp) {
719 assert(Op && "Expected a binary operator");
720 LHS = Op->getOperand(0);
721 RHS = Op->getOperand(1);
722 if (TopOpcode == Instruction::Add || TopOpcode == Instruction::Sub) {
723 Constant *C;
724 if (match(Op, m_Shl(m_Value(), m_ImmConstant(C)))) {
725 // X << C --> X * (1 << C)
727 Instruction::Shl, ConstantInt::get(Op->getType(), 1), C);
728 assert(RHS && "Constant folding of immediate constants failed");
729 return Instruction::Mul;
730 }
731 // TODO: We can add other conversions e.g. shr => div etc.
732 }
733 if (Instruction::isBitwiseLogicOp(TopOpcode)) {
734 if (OtherOp && OtherOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr &&
736 // lshr nneg C, X --> ashr nneg C, X
737 return Instruction::AShr;
738 }
739 }
740 return Op->getOpcode();
741}
742
743/// This tries to simplify binary operations by factorizing out common terms
744/// (e. g. "(A*B)+(A*C)" -> "A*(B+C)").
747 Instruction::BinaryOps InnerOpcode, Value *A,
748 Value *B, Value *C, Value *D) {
749 assert(A && B && C && D && "All values must be provided");
750
751 Value *V = nullptr;
752 Value *RetVal = nullptr;
753 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
754 Instruction::BinaryOps TopLevelOpcode = I.getOpcode();
755
756 // Does "X op' Y" always equal "Y op' X"?
757 bool InnerCommutative = Instruction::isCommutative(InnerOpcode);
758
759 // Does "X op' (Y op Z)" always equal "(X op' Y) op (X op' Z)"?
760 if (leftDistributesOverRight(InnerOpcode, TopLevelOpcode)) {
761 // Does the instruction have the form "(A op' B) op (A op' D)" or, in the
762 // commutative case, "(A op' B) op (C op' A)"?
763 if (A == C || (InnerCommutative && A == D)) {
764 if (A != C)
765 std::swap(C, D);
766 // Consider forming "A op' (B op D)".
767 // If "B op D" simplifies then it can be formed with no cost.
768 V = simplifyBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, B, D, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I));
769
770 // If "B op D" doesn't simplify then only go on if one of the existing
771 // operations "A op' B" and "C op' D" will be zapped as no longer used.
772 if (!V && (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse()))
773 V = Builder.CreateBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, B, D, RHS->getName());
774 if (V)
775 RetVal = Builder.CreateBinOp(InnerOpcode, A, V);
776 }
777 }
778
779 // Does "(X op Y) op' Z" always equal "(X op' Z) op (Y op' Z)"?
780 if (!RetVal && rightDistributesOverLeft(TopLevelOpcode, InnerOpcode)) {
781 // Does the instruction have the form "(A op' B) op (C op' B)" or, in the
782 // commutative case, "(A op' B) op (B op' D)"?
783 if (B == D || (InnerCommutative && B == C)) {
784 if (B != D)
785 std::swap(C, D);
786 // Consider forming "(A op C) op' B".
787 // If "A op C" simplifies then it can be formed with no cost.
788 V = simplifyBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, C, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I));
789
790 // If "A op C" doesn't simplify then only go on if one of the existing
791 // operations "A op' B" and "C op' D" will be zapped as no longer used.
792 if (!V && (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse()))
793 V = Builder.CreateBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, C, LHS->getName());
794 if (V)
795 RetVal = Builder.CreateBinOp(InnerOpcode, V, B);
796 }
797 }
798
799 if (!RetVal)
800 return nullptr;
801
802 ++NumFactor;
803 RetVal->takeName(&I);
804
805 // Try to add no-overflow flags to the final value.
806 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(RetVal)) {
807 bool HasNSW = false;
808 bool HasNUW = false;
810 HasNSW = I.hasNoSignedWrap();
811 HasNUW = I.hasNoUnsignedWrap();
812 }
813 if (auto *LOBO = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(LHS)) {
814 HasNSW &= LOBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
815 HasNUW &= LOBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
816 }
817
818 if (auto *ROBO = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(RHS)) {
819 HasNSW &= ROBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
820 HasNUW &= ROBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
821 }
822
823 if (TopLevelOpcode == Instruction::Add && InnerOpcode == Instruction::Mul) {
824 // We can propagate 'nsw' if we know that
825 // %Y = mul nsw i16 %X, C
826 // %Z = add nsw i16 %Y, %X
827 // =>
828 // %Z = mul nsw i16 %X, C+1
829 //
830 // iff C+1 isn't INT_MIN
831 const APInt *CInt;
832 if (match(V, m_APInt(CInt)) && !CInt->isMinSignedValue())
833 cast<Instruction>(RetVal)->setHasNoSignedWrap(HasNSW);
834
835 // nuw can be propagated with any constant or nuw value.
836 cast<Instruction>(RetVal)->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(HasNUW);
837 }
838 }
839 return RetVal;
840}
841
842// If `I` has one Const operand and the other matches `(ctpop (not x))`,
843// replace `(ctpop (not x))` with `(sub nuw nsw BitWidth(x), (ctpop x))`.
844// This is only useful is the new subtract can fold so we only handle the
845// following cases:
846// 1) (add/sub/disjoint_or C, (ctpop (not x))
847// -> (add/sub/disjoint_or C', (ctpop x))
848// 1) (cmp pred C, (ctpop (not x))
849// -> (cmp pred C', (ctpop x))
851 unsigned Opc = I->getOpcode();
852 unsigned ConstIdx = 1;
853 switch (Opc) {
854 default:
855 return nullptr;
856 // (ctpop (not x)) <-> (sub nuw nsw BitWidth(x) - (ctpop x))
857 // We can fold the BitWidth(x) with add/sub/icmp as long the other operand
858 // is constant.
859 case Instruction::Sub:
860 ConstIdx = 0;
861 break;
862 case Instruction::ICmp:
863 // Signed predicates aren't correct in some edge cases like for i2 types, as
864 // well since (ctpop x) is known [0, log2(BitWidth(x))] almost all signed
865 // comparisons against it are simplfied to unsigned.
866 if (cast<ICmpInst>(I)->isSigned())
867 return nullptr;
868 break;
869 case Instruction::Or:
870 if (!match(I, m_DisjointOr(m_Value(), m_Value())))
871 return nullptr;
872 [[fallthrough]];
873 case Instruction::Add:
874 break;
875 }
876
877 Value *Op;
878 // Find ctpop.
879 if (!match(I->getOperand(1 - ConstIdx),
881 return nullptr;
882
883 Constant *C;
884 // Check other operand is ImmConstant.
885 if (!match(I->getOperand(ConstIdx), m_ImmConstant(C)))
886 return nullptr;
887
888 Type *Ty = Op->getType();
889 Constant *BitWidthC = ConstantInt::get(Ty, Ty->getScalarSizeInBits());
890 // Need extra check for icmp. Note if this check is true, it generally means
891 // the icmp will simplify to true/false.
892 if (Opc == Instruction::ICmp && !cast<ICmpInst>(I)->isEquality()) {
893 Constant *Cmp =
895 if (!Cmp || !Cmp->isZeroValue())
896 return nullptr;
897 }
898
899 // Check we can invert `(not x)` for free.
900 bool Consumes = false;
901 if (!isFreeToInvert(Op, Op->hasOneUse(), Consumes) || !Consumes)
902 return nullptr;
903 Value *NotOp = getFreelyInverted(Op, Op->hasOneUse(), &Builder);
904 assert(NotOp != nullptr &&
905 "Desync between isFreeToInvert and getFreelyInverted");
906
907 Value *CtpopOfNotOp = Builder.CreateIntrinsic(Ty, Intrinsic::ctpop, NotOp);
908
909 Value *R = nullptr;
910
911 // Do the transformation here to avoid potentially introducing an infinite
912 // loop.
913 switch (Opc) {
914 case Instruction::Sub:
915 R = Builder.CreateAdd(CtpopOfNotOp, ConstantExpr::getSub(C, BitWidthC));
916 break;
917 case Instruction::Or:
918 case Instruction::Add:
919 R = Builder.CreateSub(ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, BitWidthC), CtpopOfNotOp);
920 break;
921 case Instruction::ICmp:
922 R = Builder.CreateICmp(cast<ICmpInst>(I)->getSwappedPredicate(),
923 CtpopOfNotOp, ConstantExpr::getSub(BitWidthC, C));
924 break;
925 default:
926 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled Opcode");
927 }
928 assert(R != nullptr);
929 return replaceInstUsesWith(*I, R);
930}
931
932// (Binop1 (Binop2 (logic_shift X, C), C1), (logic_shift Y, C))
933// IFF
934// 1) the logic_shifts match
935// 2) either both binops are binops and one is `and` or
936// BinOp1 is `and`
937// (logic_shift (inv_logic_shift C1, C), C) == C1 or
938//
939// -> (logic_shift (Binop1 (Binop2 X, inv_logic_shift(C1, C)), Y), C)
940//
941// (Binop1 (Binop2 (logic_shift X, Amt), Mask), (logic_shift Y, Amt))
942// IFF
943// 1) the logic_shifts match
944// 2) BinOp1 == BinOp2 (if BinOp == `add`, then also requires `shl`).
945//
946// -> (BinOp (logic_shift (BinOp X, Y)), Mask)
947//
948// (Binop1 (Binop2 (arithmetic_shift X, Amt), Mask), (arithmetic_shift Y, Amt))
949// IFF
950// 1) Binop1 is bitwise logical operator `and`, `or` or `xor`
951// 2) Binop2 is `not`
952//
953// -> (arithmetic_shift Binop1((not X), Y), Amt)
954
956 const DataLayout &DL = I.getDataLayout();
957 auto IsValidBinOpc = [](unsigned Opc) {
958 switch (Opc) {
959 default:
960 return false;
961 case Instruction::And:
962 case Instruction::Or:
963 case Instruction::Xor:
964 case Instruction::Add:
965 // Skip Sub as we only match constant masks which will canonicalize to use
966 // add.
967 return true;
968 }
969 };
970
971 // Check if we can distribute binop arbitrarily. `add` + `lshr` has extra
972 // constraints.
973 auto IsCompletelyDistributable = [](unsigned BinOpc1, unsigned BinOpc2,
974 unsigned ShOpc) {
975 assert(ShOpc != Instruction::AShr);
976 return (BinOpc1 != Instruction::Add && BinOpc2 != Instruction::Add) ||
977 ShOpc == Instruction::Shl;
978 };
979
980 auto GetInvShift = [](unsigned ShOpc) {
981 assert(ShOpc != Instruction::AShr);
982 return ShOpc == Instruction::LShr ? Instruction::Shl : Instruction::LShr;
983 };
984
985 auto CanDistributeBinops = [&](unsigned BinOpc1, unsigned BinOpc2,
986 unsigned ShOpc, Constant *CMask,
987 Constant *CShift) {
988 // If the BinOp1 is `and` we don't need to check the mask.
989 if (BinOpc1 == Instruction::And)
990 return true;
991
992 // For all other possible transfers we need complete distributable
993 // binop/shift (anything but `add` + `lshr`).
994 if (!IsCompletelyDistributable(BinOpc1, BinOpc2, ShOpc))
995 return false;
996
997 // If BinOp2 is `and`, any mask works (this only really helps for non-splat
998 // vecs, otherwise the mask will be simplified and the following check will
999 // handle it).
1000 if (BinOpc2 == Instruction::And)
1001 return true;
1002
1003 // Otherwise, need mask that meets the below requirement.
1004 // (logic_shift (inv_logic_shift Mask, ShAmt), ShAmt) == Mask
1005 Constant *MaskInvShift =
1006 ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(GetInvShift(ShOpc), CMask, CShift, DL);
1007 return ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(ShOpc, MaskInvShift, CShift, DL) ==
1008 CMask;
1009 };
1010
1011 auto MatchBinOp = [&](unsigned ShOpnum) -> Instruction * {
1012 Constant *CMask, *CShift;
1013 Value *X, *Y, *ShiftedX, *Mask, *Shift;
1014 if (!match(I.getOperand(ShOpnum),
1015 m_OneUse(m_Shift(m_Value(Y), m_Value(Shift)))))
1016 return nullptr;
1017 if (!match(I.getOperand(1 - ShOpnum),
1019 m_OneUse(m_Shift(m_Value(X), m_Specific(Shift))),
1020 m_Value(ShiftedX)),
1021 m_Value(Mask))))
1022 return nullptr;
1023 // Make sure we are matching instruction shifts and not ConstantExpr
1024 auto *IY = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(ShOpnum));
1025 auto *IX = dyn_cast<Instruction>(ShiftedX);
1026 if (!IY || !IX)
1027 return nullptr;
1028
1029 // LHS and RHS need same shift opcode
1030 unsigned ShOpc = IY->getOpcode();
1031 if (ShOpc != IX->getOpcode())
1032 return nullptr;
1033
1034 // Make sure binop is real instruction and not ConstantExpr
1035 auto *BO2 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(1 - ShOpnum));
1036 if (!BO2)
1037 return nullptr;
1038
1039 unsigned BinOpc = BO2->getOpcode();
1040 // Make sure we have valid binops.
1041 if (!IsValidBinOpc(I.getOpcode()) || !IsValidBinOpc(BinOpc))
1042 return nullptr;
1043
1044 if (ShOpc == Instruction::AShr) {
1045 if (Instruction::isBitwiseLogicOp(I.getOpcode()) &&
1046 BinOpc == Instruction::Xor && match(Mask, m_AllOnes())) {
1047 Value *NotX = Builder.CreateNot(X);
1048 Value *NewBinOp = Builder.CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), Y, NotX);
1050 static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(ShOpc), NewBinOp, Shift);
1051 }
1052
1053 return nullptr;
1054 }
1055
1056 // If BinOp1 == BinOp2 and it's bitwise or shl with add, then just
1057 // distribute to drop the shift irrelevant of constants.
1058 if (BinOpc == I.getOpcode() &&
1059 IsCompletelyDistributable(I.getOpcode(), BinOpc, ShOpc)) {
1060 Value *NewBinOp2 = Builder.CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), X, Y);
1061 Value *NewBinOp1 = Builder.CreateBinOp(
1062 static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(ShOpc), NewBinOp2, Shift);
1063 return BinaryOperator::Create(I.getOpcode(), NewBinOp1, Mask);
1064 }
1065
1066 // Otherwise we can only distribute by constant shifting the mask, so
1067 // ensure we have constants.
1068 if (!match(Shift, m_ImmConstant(CShift)))
1069 return nullptr;
1070 if (!match(Mask, m_ImmConstant(CMask)))
1071 return nullptr;
1072
1073 // Check if we can distribute the binops.
1074 if (!CanDistributeBinops(I.getOpcode(), BinOpc, ShOpc, CMask, CShift))
1075 return nullptr;
1076
1077 Constant *NewCMask =
1078 ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(GetInvShift(ShOpc), CMask, CShift, DL);
1079 Value *NewBinOp2 = Builder.CreateBinOp(
1080 static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(BinOpc), X, NewCMask);
1081 Value *NewBinOp1 = Builder.CreateBinOp(I.getOpcode(), Y, NewBinOp2);
1082 return BinaryOperator::Create(static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(ShOpc),
1083 NewBinOp1, CShift);
1084 };
1085
1086 if (Instruction *R = MatchBinOp(0))
1087 return R;
1088 return MatchBinOp(1);
1089}
1090
1091// (Binop (zext C), (select C, T, F))
1092// -> (select C, (binop 1, T), (binop 0, F))
1093//
1094// (Binop (sext C), (select C, T, F))
1095// -> (select C, (binop -1, T), (binop 0, F))
1096//
1097// Attempt to simplify binary operations into a select with folded args, when
1098// one operand of the binop is a select instruction and the other operand is a
1099// zext/sext extension, whose value is the select condition.
1102 // TODO: this simplification may be extended to any speculatable instruction,
1103 // not just binops, and would possibly be handled better in FoldOpIntoSelect.
1104 Instruction::BinaryOps Opc = I.getOpcode();
1105 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
1106 Value *A, *CondVal, *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
1107 Value *CastOp;
1108
1109 auto MatchSelectAndCast = [&](Value *CastOp, Value *SelectOp) {
1110 return match(CastOp, m_ZExtOrSExt(m_Value(A))) &&
1111 A->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() == 1 &&
1112 match(SelectOp, m_Select(m_Value(CondVal), m_Value(TrueVal),
1113 m_Value(FalseVal)));
1114 };
1115
1116 // Make sure one side of the binop is a select instruction, and the other is a
1117 // zero/sign extension operating on a i1.
1118 if (MatchSelectAndCast(LHS, RHS))
1119 CastOp = LHS;
1120 else if (MatchSelectAndCast(RHS, LHS))
1121 CastOp = RHS;
1122 else
1123 return nullptr;
1124
1125 auto NewFoldedConst = [&](bool IsTrueArm, Value *V) {
1126 bool IsCastOpRHS = (CastOp == RHS);
1127 bool IsZExt = isa<ZExtInst>(CastOp);
1128 Constant *C;
1129
1130 if (IsTrueArm) {
1131 C = Constant::getNullValue(V->getType());
1132 } else if (IsZExt) {
1133 unsigned BitWidth = V->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
1134 C = Constant::getIntegerValue(V->getType(), APInt(BitWidth, 1));
1135 } else {
1136 C = Constant::getAllOnesValue(V->getType());
1137 }
1138
1139 return IsCastOpRHS ? Builder.CreateBinOp(Opc, V, C)
1140 : Builder.CreateBinOp(Opc, C, V);
1141 };
1142
1143 // If the value used in the zext/sext is the select condition, or the negated
1144 // of the select condition, the binop can be simplified.
1145 if (CondVal == A) {
1146 Value *NewTrueVal = NewFoldedConst(false, TrueVal);
1147 return SelectInst::Create(CondVal, NewTrueVal,
1148 NewFoldedConst(true, FalseVal));
1149 }
1150
1151 if (match(A, m_Not(m_Specific(CondVal)))) {
1152 Value *NewTrueVal = NewFoldedConst(true, TrueVal);
1153 return SelectInst::Create(CondVal, NewTrueVal,
1154 NewFoldedConst(false, FalseVal));
1155 }
1156
1157 return nullptr;
1158}
1159
1161 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
1164 Instruction::BinaryOps TopLevelOpcode = I.getOpcode();
1165 Value *A, *B, *C, *D;
1166 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSOpcode, RHSOpcode;
1167
1168 if (Op0)
1169 LHSOpcode = getBinOpsForFactorization(TopLevelOpcode, Op0, A, B, Op1);
1170 if (Op1)
1171 RHSOpcode = getBinOpsForFactorization(TopLevelOpcode, Op1, C, D, Op0);
1172
1173 // The instruction has the form "(A op' B) op (C op' D)". Try to factorize
1174 // a common term.
1175 if (Op0 && Op1 && LHSOpcode == RHSOpcode)
1176 if (Value *V = tryFactorization(I, SQ, Builder, LHSOpcode, A, B, C, D))
1177 return V;
1178
1179 // The instruction has the form "(A op' B) op (C)". Try to factorize common
1180 // term.
1181 if (Op0)
1182 if (Value *Ident = getIdentityValue(LHSOpcode, RHS))
1183 if (Value *V =
1184 tryFactorization(I, SQ, Builder, LHSOpcode, A, B, RHS, Ident))
1185 return V;
1186
1187 // The instruction has the form "(B) op (C op' D)". Try to factorize common
1188 // term.
1189 if (Op1)
1190 if (Value *Ident = getIdentityValue(RHSOpcode, LHS))
1191 if (Value *V =
1192 tryFactorization(I, SQ, Builder, RHSOpcode, LHS, Ident, C, D))
1193 return V;
1194
1195 return nullptr;
1196}
1197
1198/// This tries to simplify binary operations which some other binary operation
1199/// distributes over either by factorizing out common terms
1200/// (eg "(A*B)+(A*C)" -> "A*(B+C)") or expanding out if this results in
1201/// simplifications (eg: "A & (B | C) -> (A&B) | (A&C)" if this is a win).
1202/// Returns the simplified value, or null if it didn't simplify.
1204 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
1207 Instruction::BinaryOps TopLevelOpcode = I.getOpcode();
1208
1209 // Factorization.
1210 if (Value *R = tryFactorizationFolds(I))
1211 return R;
1212
1213 // Expansion.
1214 if (Op0 && rightDistributesOverLeft(Op0->getOpcode(), TopLevelOpcode)) {
1215 // The instruction has the form "(A op' B) op C". See if expanding it out
1216 // to "(A op C) op' (B op C)" results in simplifications.
1217 Value *A = Op0->getOperand(0), *B = Op0->getOperand(1), *C = RHS;
1218 Instruction::BinaryOps InnerOpcode = Op0->getOpcode(); // op'
1219
1220 // Disable the use of undef because it's not safe to distribute undef.
1221 auto SQDistributive = SQ.getWithInstruction(&I).getWithoutUndef();
1222 Value *L = simplifyBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, C, SQDistributive);
1223 Value *R = simplifyBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, B, C, SQDistributive);
1224
1225 // Do "A op C" and "B op C" both simplify?
1226 if (L && R) {
1227 // They do! Return "L op' R".
1228 ++NumExpand;
1229 C = Builder.CreateBinOp(InnerOpcode, L, R);
1230 C->takeName(&I);
1231 return C;
1232 }
1233
1234 // Does "A op C" simplify to the identity value for the inner opcode?
1235 if (L && L == ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(InnerOpcode, L->getType())) {
1236 // They do! Return "B op C".
1237 ++NumExpand;
1238 C = Builder.CreateBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, B, C);
1239 C->takeName(&I);
1240 return C;
1241 }
1242
1243 // Does "B op C" simplify to the identity value for the inner opcode?
1244 if (R && R == ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(InnerOpcode, R->getType())) {
1245 // They do! Return "A op C".
1246 ++NumExpand;
1247 C = Builder.CreateBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, C);
1248 C->takeName(&I);
1249 return C;
1250 }
1251 }
1252
1253 if (Op1 && leftDistributesOverRight(TopLevelOpcode, Op1->getOpcode())) {
1254 // The instruction has the form "A op (B op' C)". See if expanding it out
1255 // to "(A op B) op' (A op C)" results in simplifications.
1256 Value *A = LHS, *B = Op1->getOperand(0), *C = Op1->getOperand(1);
1257 Instruction::BinaryOps InnerOpcode = Op1->getOpcode(); // op'
1258
1259 // Disable the use of undef because it's not safe to distribute undef.
1260 auto SQDistributive = SQ.getWithInstruction(&I).getWithoutUndef();
1261 Value *L = simplifyBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, B, SQDistributive);
1262 Value *R = simplifyBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, C, SQDistributive);
1263
1264 // Do "A op B" and "A op C" both simplify?
1265 if (L && R) {
1266 // They do! Return "L op' R".
1267 ++NumExpand;
1268 A = Builder.CreateBinOp(InnerOpcode, L, R);
1269 A->takeName(&I);
1270 return A;
1271 }
1272
1273 // Does "A op B" simplify to the identity value for the inner opcode?
1274 if (L && L == ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(InnerOpcode, L->getType())) {
1275 // They do! Return "A op C".
1276 ++NumExpand;
1277 A = Builder.CreateBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, C);
1278 A->takeName(&I);
1279 return A;
1280 }
1281
1282 // Does "A op C" simplify to the identity value for the inner opcode?
1283 if (R && R == ConstantExpr::getBinOpIdentity(InnerOpcode, R->getType())) {
1284 // They do! Return "A op B".
1285 ++NumExpand;
1286 A = Builder.CreateBinOp(TopLevelOpcode, A, B);
1287 A->takeName(&I);
1288 return A;
1289 }
1290 }
1291
1292 return SimplifySelectsFeedingBinaryOp(I, LHS, RHS);
1293}
1294
1295static std::optional<std::pair<Value *, Value *>>
1297 if (LHS->getParent() != RHS->getParent())
1298 return std::nullopt;
1299
1300 if (LHS->getNumIncomingValues() < 2)
1301 return std::nullopt;
1302
1303 if (!equal(LHS->blocks(), RHS->blocks()))
1304 return std::nullopt;
1305
1306 Value *L0 = LHS->getIncomingValue(0);
1307 Value *R0 = RHS->getIncomingValue(0);
1308
1309 for (unsigned I = 1, E = LHS->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
1310 Value *L1 = LHS->getIncomingValue(I);
1311 Value *R1 = RHS->getIncomingValue(I);
1312
1313 if ((L0 == L1 && R0 == R1) || (L0 == R1 && R0 == L1))
1314 continue;
1315
1316 return std::nullopt;
1317 }
1318
1319 return std::optional(std::pair(L0, R0));
1320}
1321
1322std::optional<std::pair<Value *, Value *>>
1323InstCombinerImpl::matchSymmetricPair(Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
1326 if (!LHSInst || !RHSInst || LHSInst->getOpcode() != RHSInst->getOpcode())
1327 return std::nullopt;
1328 switch (LHSInst->getOpcode()) {
1329 case Instruction::PHI:
1331 case Instruction::Select: {
1332 Value *Cond = LHSInst->getOperand(0);
1333 Value *TrueVal = LHSInst->getOperand(1);
1334 Value *FalseVal = LHSInst->getOperand(2);
1335 if (Cond == RHSInst->getOperand(0) && TrueVal == RHSInst->getOperand(2) &&
1336 FalseVal == RHSInst->getOperand(1))
1337 return std::pair(TrueVal, FalseVal);
1338 return std::nullopt;
1339 }
1340 case Instruction::Call: {
1341 // Match min(a, b) and max(a, b)
1342 MinMaxIntrinsic *LHSMinMax = dyn_cast<MinMaxIntrinsic>(LHSInst);
1343 MinMaxIntrinsic *RHSMinMax = dyn_cast<MinMaxIntrinsic>(RHSInst);
1344 if (LHSMinMax && RHSMinMax &&
1345 LHSMinMax->getPredicate() ==
1347 ((LHSMinMax->getLHS() == RHSMinMax->getLHS() &&
1348 LHSMinMax->getRHS() == RHSMinMax->getRHS()) ||
1349 (LHSMinMax->getLHS() == RHSMinMax->getRHS() &&
1350 LHSMinMax->getRHS() == RHSMinMax->getLHS())))
1351 return std::pair(LHSMinMax->getLHS(), LHSMinMax->getRHS());
1352 return std::nullopt;
1353 }
1354 default:
1355 return std::nullopt;
1356 }
1357}
1358
1360 Value *LHS,
1361 Value *RHS) {
1362 Value *A, *B, *C, *D, *E, *F;
1363 bool LHSIsSelect = match(LHS, m_Select(m_Value(A), m_Value(B), m_Value(C)));
1364 bool RHSIsSelect = match(RHS, m_Select(m_Value(D), m_Value(E), m_Value(F)));
1365 if (!LHSIsSelect && !RHSIsSelect)
1366 return nullptr;
1367
1369 ? nullptr
1370 : cast<SelectInst>(LHSIsSelect ? LHS : RHS);
1371
1372 FastMathFlags FMF;
1374 if (const auto *FPOp = dyn_cast<FPMathOperator>(&I)) {
1375 FMF = FPOp->getFastMathFlags();
1376 Builder.setFastMathFlags(FMF);
1377 }
1378
1379 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
1380 SimplifyQuery Q = SQ.getWithInstruction(&I);
1381
1382 Value *Cond, *True = nullptr, *False = nullptr;
1383
1384 // Special-case for add/negate combination. Replace the zero in the negation
1385 // with the trailing add operand:
1386 // (Cond ? TVal : -N) + Z --> Cond ? True : (Z - N)
1387 // (Cond ? -N : FVal) + Z --> Cond ? (Z - N) : False
1388 auto foldAddNegate = [&](Value *TVal, Value *FVal, Value *Z) -> Value * {
1389 // We need an 'add' and exactly 1 arm of the select to have been simplified.
1390 if (Opcode != Instruction::Add || (!True && !False) || (True && False))
1391 return nullptr;
1392 Value *N;
1393 if (True && match(FVal, m_Neg(m_Value(N)))) {
1394 Value *Sub = Builder.CreateSub(Z, N);
1395 return Builder.CreateSelect(Cond, True, Sub, I.getName(), SI);
1396 }
1397 if (False && match(TVal, m_Neg(m_Value(N)))) {
1398 Value *Sub = Builder.CreateSub(Z, N);
1399 return Builder.CreateSelect(Cond, Sub, False, I.getName(), SI);
1400 }
1401 return nullptr;
1402 };
1403
1404 if (LHSIsSelect && RHSIsSelect && A == D) {
1405 // (A ? B : C) op (A ? E : F) -> A ? (B op E) : (C op F)
1406 Cond = A;
1407 True = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, B, E, FMF, Q);
1408 False = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, C, F, FMF, Q);
1409
1410 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && RHS->hasOneUse()) {
1411 if (False && !True)
1412 True = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, B, E);
1413 else if (True && !False)
1414 False = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, C, F);
1415 }
1416 } else if (LHSIsSelect && LHS->hasOneUse()) {
1417 // (A ? B : C) op Y -> A ? (B op Y) : (C op Y)
1418 Cond = A;
1419 True = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, B, RHS, FMF, Q);
1420 False = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, C, RHS, FMF, Q);
1421 if (Value *NewSel = foldAddNegate(B, C, RHS))
1422 return NewSel;
1423 } else if (RHSIsSelect && RHS->hasOneUse()) {
1424 // X op (D ? E : F) -> D ? (X op E) : (X op F)
1425 Cond = D;
1426 True = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, LHS, E, FMF, Q);
1427 False = simplifyBinOp(Opcode, LHS, F, FMF, Q);
1428 if (Value *NewSel = foldAddNegate(E, F, LHS))
1429 return NewSel;
1430 }
1431
1432 if (!True || !False)
1433 return nullptr;
1434
1435 Value *NewSI = Builder.CreateSelect(Cond, True, False, I.getName(), SI);
1436 NewSI->takeName(&I);
1437 return NewSI;
1438}
1439
1440/// Freely adapt every user of V as-if V was changed to !V.
1441/// WARNING: only if canFreelyInvertAllUsersOf() said this can be done.
1443 assert(!isa<Constant>(I) && "Shouldn't invert users of constant");
1444 for (User *U : make_early_inc_range(I->users())) {
1445 if (U == IgnoredUser)
1446 continue; // Don't consider this user.
1447 switch (cast<Instruction>(U)->getOpcode()) {
1448 case Instruction::Select: {
1449 auto *SI = cast<SelectInst>(U);
1450 SI->swapValues();
1451 SI->swapProfMetadata();
1452 break;
1453 }
1454 case Instruction::Br: {
1456 BI->swapSuccessors(); // swaps prof metadata too
1457 if (BPI)
1458 BPI->swapSuccEdgesProbabilities(BI->getParent());
1459 break;
1460 }
1461 case Instruction::Xor:
1463 // Add to worklist for DCE.
1465 break;
1466 default:
1467 llvm_unreachable("Got unexpected user - out of sync with "
1468 "canFreelyInvertAllUsersOf() ?");
1469 }
1470 }
1471
1472 // Update pre-existing debug value uses.
1473 SmallVector<DbgVariableRecord *, 4> DbgVariableRecords;
1474 llvm::findDbgValues(I, DbgVariableRecords);
1475
1476 for (DbgVariableRecord *DbgVal : DbgVariableRecords) {
1477 SmallVector<uint64_t, 1> Ops = {dwarf::DW_OP_not};
1478 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = DbgVal->getNumVariableLocationOps();
1479 Idx != End; ++Idx)
1480 if (DbgVal->getVariableLocationOp(Idx) == I)
1481 DbgVal->setExpression(
1482 DIExpression::appendOpsToArg(DbgVal->getExpression(), Ops, Idx));
1483 }
1484}
1485
1486/// Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction if the LHS is a
1487/// constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
1488Value *InstCombinerImpl::dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) const {
1489 Value *NegV;
1490 if (match(V, m_Neg(m_Value(NegV))))
1491 return NegV;
1492
1493 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
1495 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
1496
1498 if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isIntegerTy())
1499 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
1500
1502 for (unsigned i = 0, e = CV->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
1503 Constant *Elt = CV->getAggregateElement(i);
1504 if (!Elt)
1505 return nullptr;
1506
1507 if (isa<UndefValue>(Elt))
1508 continue;
1509
1510 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Elt))
1511 return nullptr;
1512 }
1513 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(CV);
1514 }
1515
1516 // Negate integer vector splats.
1517 if (auto *CV = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
1518 if (CV->getType()->isVectorTy() &&
1519 CV->getType()->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy() && CV->getSplatValue())
1520 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(CV);
1521
1522 return nullptr;
1523}
1524
1525// Try to fold:
1526// 1) (fp_binop ({s|u}itofp x), ({s|u}itofp y))
1527// -> ({s|u}itofp (int_binop x, y))
1528// 2) (fp_binop ({s|u}itofp x), FpC)
1529// -> ({s|u}itofp (int_binop x, (fpto{s|u}i FpC)))
1530//
1531// Assuming the sign of the cast for x/y is `OpsFromSigned`.
1532Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::foldFBinOpOfIntCastsFromSign(
1533 BinaryOperator &BO, bool OpsFromSigned, std::array<Value *, 2> IntOps,
1535
1536 Type *FPTy = BO.getType();
1537 Type *IntTy = IntOps[0]->getType();
1538
1539 unsigned IntSz = IntTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
1540 // This is the maximum number of inuse bits by the integer where the int -> fp
1541 // casts are exact.
1542 unsigned MaxRepresentableBits =
1544
1545 // Preserve known number of leading bits. This can allow us to trivial nsw/nuw
1546 // checks later on.
1547 unsigned NumUsedLeadingBits[2] = {IntSz, IntSz};
1548
1549 // NB: This only comes up if OpsFromSigned is true, so there is no need to
1550 // cache if between calls to `foldFBinOpOfIntCastsFromSign`.
1551 auto IsNonZero = [&](unsigned OpNo) -> bool {
1552 if (OpsKnown[OpNo].hasKnownBits() &&
1553 OpsKnown[OpNo].getKnownBits(SQ).isNonZero())
1554 return true;
1555 return isKnownNonZero(IntOps[OpNo], SQ);
1556 };
1557
1558 auto IsNonNeg = [&](unsigned OpNo) -> bool {
1559 // NB: This matches the impl in ValueTracking, we just try to use cached
1560 // knownbits here. If we ever start supporting WithCache for
1561 // `isKnownNonNegative`, change this to an explicit call.
1562 return OpsKnown[OpNo].getKnownBits(SQ).isNonNegative();
1563 };
1564
1565 // Check if we know for certain that ({s|u}itofp op) is exact.
1566 auto IsValidPromotion = [&](unsigned OpNo) -> bool {
1567 // Can we treat this operand as the desired sign?
1568 if (OpsFromSigned != isa<SIToFPInst>(BO.getOperand(OpNo)) &&
1569 !IsNonNeg(OpNo))
1570 return false;
1571
1572 // If fp precision >= bitwidth(op) then its exact.
1573 // NB: This is slightly conservative for `sitofp`. For signed conversion, we
1574 // can handle `MaxRepresentableBits == IntSz - 1` as the sign bit will be
1575 // handled specially. We can't, however, increase the bound arbitrarily for
1576 // `sitofp` as for larger sizes, it won't sign extend.
1577 if (MaxRepresentableBits < IntSz) {
1578 // Otherwise if its signed cast check that fp precisions >= bitwidth(op) -
1579 // numSignBits(op).
1580 // TODO: If we add support for `WithCache` in `ComputeNumSignBits`, change
1581 // `IntOps[OpNo]` arguments to `KnownOps[OpNo]`.
1582 if (OpsFromSigned)
1583 NumUsedLeadingBits[OpNo] = IntSz - ComputeNumSignBits(IntOps[OpNo]);
1584 // Finally for unsigned check that fp precision >= bitwidth(op) -
1585 // numLeadingZeros(op).
1586 else {
1587 NumUsedLeadingBits[OpNo] =
1588 IntSz - OpsKnown[OpNo].getKnownBits(SQ).countMinLeadingZeros();
1589 }
1590 }
1591 // NB: We could also check if op is known to be a power of 2 or zero (which
1592 // will always be representable). Its unlikely, however, that is we are
1593 // unable to bound op in any way we will be able to pass the overflow checks
1594 // later on.
1595
1596 if (MaxRepresentableBits < NumUsedLeadingBits[OpNo])
1597 return false;
1598 // Signed + Mul also requires that op is non-zero to avoid -0 cases.
1599 return !OpsFromSigned || BO.getOpcode() != Instruction::FMul ||
1600 IsNonZero(OpNo);
1601 };
1602
1603 // If we have a constant rhs, see if we can losslessly convert it to an int.
1604 if (Op1FpC != nullptr) {
1605 // Signed + Mul req non-zero
1606 if (OpsFromSigned && BO.getOpcode() == Instruction::FMul &&
1607 !match(Op1FpC, m_NonZeroFP()))
1608 return nullptr;
1609
1611 OpsFromSigned ? Instruction::FPToSI : Instruction::FPToUI, Op1FpC,
1612 IntTy, DL);
1613 if (Op1IntC == nullptr)
1614 return nullptr;
1615 if (ConstantFoldCastOperand(OpsFromSigned ? Instruction::SIToFP
1616 : Instruction::UIToFP,
1617 Op1IntC, FPTy, DL) != Op1FpC)
1618 return nullptr;
1619
1620 // First try to keep sign of cast the same.
1621 IntOps[1] = Op1IntC;
1622 }
1623
1624 // Ensure lhs/rhs integer types match.
1625 if (IntTy != IntOps[1]->getType())
1626 return nullptr;
1627
1628 if (Op1FpC == nullptr) {
1629 if (!IsValidPromotion(1))
1630 return nullptr;
1631 }
1632 if (!IsValidPromotion(0))
1633 return nullptr;
1634
1635 // Final we check if the integer version of the binop will not overflow.
1637 // Because of the precision check, we can often rule out overflows.
1638 bool NeedsOverflowCheck = true;
1639 // Try to conservatively rule out overflow based on the already done precision
1640 // checks.
1641 unsigned OverflowMaxOutputBits = OpsFromSigned ? 2 : 1;
1642 unsigned OverflowMaxCurBits =
1643 std::max(NumUsedLeadingBits[0], NumUsedLeadingBits[1]);
1644 bool OutputSigned = OpsFromSigned;
1645 switch (BO.getOpcode()) {
1646 case Instruction::FAdd:
1647 IntOpc = Instruction::Add;
1648 OverflowMaxOutputBits += OverflowMaxCurBits;
1649 break;
1650 case Instruction::FSub:
1651 IntOpc = Instruction::Sub;
1652 OverflowMaxOutputBits += OverflowMaxCurBits;
1653 break;
1654 case Instruction::FMul:
1655 IntOpc = Instruction::Mul;
1656 OverflowMaxOutputBits += OverflowMaxCurBits * 2;
1657 break;
1658 default:
1659 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported binop");
1660 }
1661 // The precision check may have already ruled out overflow.
1662 if (OverflowMaxOutputBits < IntSz) {
1663 NeedsOverflowCheck = false;
1664 // We can bound unsigned overflow from sub to in range signed value (this is
1665 // what allows us to avoid the overflow check for sub).
1666 if (IntOpc == Instruction::Sub)
1667 OutputSigned = true;
1668 }
1669
1670 // Precision check did not rule out overflow, so need to check.
1671 // TODO: If we add support for `WithCache` in `willNotOverflow`, change
1672 // `IntOps[...]` arguments to `KnownOps[...]`.
1673 if (NeedsOverflowCheck &&
1674 !willNotOverflow(IntOpc, IntOps[0], IntOps[1], BO, OutputSigned))
1675 return nullptr;
1676
1677 Value *IntBinOp = Builder.CreateBinOp(IntOpc, IntOps[0], IntOps[1]);
1678 if (auto *IntBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(IntBinOp)) {
1679 IntBO->setHasNoSignedWrap(OutputSigned);
1680 IntBO->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(!OutputSigned);
1681 }
1682 if (OutputSigned)
1683 return new SIToFPInst(IntBinOp, FPTy);
1684 return new UIToFPInst(IntBinOp, FPTy);
1685}
1686
1687// Try to fold:
1688// 1) (fp_binop ({s|u}itofp x), ({s|u}itofp y))
1689// -> ({s|u}itofp (int_binop x, y))
1690// 2) (fp_binop ({s|u}itofp x), FpC)
1691// -> ({s|u}itofp (int_binop x, (fpto{s|u}i FpC)))
1692Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::foldFBinOpOfIntCasts(BinaryOperator &BO) {
1693 // Don't perform the fold on vectors, as the integer operation may be much
1694 // more expensive than the float operation in that case.
1695 if (BO.getType()->isVectorTy())
1696 return nullptr;
1697
1698 std::array<Value *, 2> IntOps = {nullptr, nullptr};
1699 Constant *Op1FpC = nullptr;
1700 // Check for:
1701 // 1) (binop ({s|u}itofp x), ({s|u}itofp y))
1702 // 2) (binop ({s|u}itofp x), FpC)
1703 if (!match(BO.getOperand(0), m_SIToFP(m_Value(IntOps[0]))) &&
1704 !match(BO.getOperand(0), m_UIToFP(m_Value(IntOps[0]))))
1705 return nullptr;
1706
1707 if (!match(BO.getOperand(1), m_Constant(Op1FpC)) &&
1708 !match(BO.getOperand(1), m_SIToFP(m_Value(IntOps[1]))) &&
1709 !match(BO.getOperand(1), m_UIToFP(m_Value(IntOps[1]))))
1710 return nullptr;
1711
1712 // Cache KnownBits a bit to potentially save some analysis.
1713 SmallVector<WithCache<const Value *>, 2> OpsKnown = {IntOps[0], IntOps[1]};
1714
1715 // Try treating x/y as coming from both `uitofp` and `sitofp`. There are
1716 // different constraints depending on the sign of the cast.
1717 // NB: `(uitofp nneg X)` == `(sitofp nneg X)`.
1718 if (Instruction *R = foldFBinOpOfIntCastsFromSign(BO, /*OpsFromSigned=*/false,
1719 IntOps, Op1FpC, OpsKnown))
1720 return R;
1721 return foldFBinOpOfIntCastsFromSign(BO, /*OpsFromSigned=*/true, IntOps,
1722 Op1FpC, OpsKnown);
1723}
1724
1725/// A binop with a constant operand and a sign-extended boolean operand may be
1726/// converted into a select of constants by applying the binary operation to
1727/// the constant with the two possible values of the extended boolean (0 or -1).
1728Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::foldBinopOfSextBoolToSelect(BinaryOperator &BO) {
1729 // TODO: Handle non-commutative binop (constant is operand 0).
1730 // TODO: Handle zext.
1731 // TODO: Peek through 'not' of cast.
1732 Value *BO0 = BO.getOperand(0);
1733 Value *BO1 = BO.getOperand(1);
1734 Value *X;
1735 Constant *C;
1736 if (!match(BO0, m_SExt(m_Value(X))) || !match(BO1, m_ImmConstant(C)) ||
1737 !X->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1))
1738 return nullptr;
1739
1740 // bo (sext i1 X), C --> select X, (bo -1, C), (bo 0, C)
1743 Value *TVal = Builder.CreateBinOp(BO.getOpcode(), Ones, C);
1744 Value *FVal = Builder.CreateBinOp(BO.getOpcode(), Zero, C);
1745 return createSelectInstWithUnknownProfile(X, TVal, FVal);
1746}
1747
1749 bool IsTrueArm) {
1751 for (Value *Op : I.operands()) {
1752 Value *V = nullptr;
1753 if (Op == SI) {
1754 V = IsTrueArm ? SI->getTrueValue() : SI->getFalseValue();
1755 } else if (match(SI->getCondition(),
1758 m_Specific(Op), m_Value(V))) &&
1760 // Pass
1761 } else if (match(Op, m_ZExt(m_Specific(SI->getCondition())))) {
1762 V = IsTrueArm ? ConstantInt::get(Op->getType(), 1)
1763 : ConstantInt::getNullValue(Op->getType());
1764 } else {
1765 V = Op;
1766 }
1767 Ops.push_back(V);
1768 }
1769
1770 return simplifyInstructionWithOperands(&I, Ops, I.getDataLayout());
1771}
1772
1774 Value *NewOp, InstCombiner &IC) {
1775 Instruction *Clone = I.clone();
1776 Clone->replaceUsesOfWith(SI, NewOp);
1778 IC.InsertNewInstBefore(Clone, I.getIterator());
1779 return Clone;
1780}
1781
1783 bool FoldWithMultiUse,
1784 bool SimplifyBothArms) {
1785 // Don't modify shared select instructions unless set FoldWithMultiUse
1786 if (!SI->hasOneUser() && !FoldWithMultiUse)
1787 return nullptr;
1788
1789 Value *TV = SI->getTrueValue();
1790 Value *FV = SI->getFalseValue();
1791
1792 // Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops.
1793 if (SI->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1))
1794 return nullptr;
1795
1796 // Avoid breaking min/max reduction pattern,
1797 // which is necessary for vectorization later.
1799 for (Value *IntrinOp : Op.operands())
1800 if (auto *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(IntrinOp))
1801 for (Value *PhiOp : PN->operands())
1802 if (PhiOp == &Op)
1803 return nullptr;
1804
1805 // Test if a FCmpInst instruction is used exclusively by a select as
1806 // part of a minimum or maximum operation. If so, refrain from doing
1807 // any other folding. This helps out other analyses which understand
1808 // non-obfuscated minimum and maximum idioms. And in this case, at
1809 // least one of the comparison operands has at least one user besides
1810 // the compare (the select), which would often largely negate the
1811 // benefit of folding anyway.
1812 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(SI->getCondition())) {
1813 if (CI->hasOneUse()) {
1814 Value *Op0 = CI->getOperand(0), *Op1 = CI->getOperand(1);
1815 if (((TV == Op0 && FV == Op1) || (FV == Op0 && TV == Op1)) &&
1816 !CI->isCommutative())
1817 return nullptr;
1818 }
1819 }
1820
1821 // Make sure that one of the select arms folds successfully.
1822 Value *NewTV = simplifyOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, SI, /*IsTrueArm=*/true);
1823 Value *NewFV =
1824 simplifyOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, SI, /*IsTrueArm=*/false);
1825 if (!NewTV && !NewFV)
1826 return nullptr;
1827
1828 if (SimplifyBothArms && !(NewTV && NewFV))
1829 return nullptr;
1830
1831 // Create an instruction for the arm that did not fold.
1832 if (!NewTV)
1833 NewTV = foldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, SI, TV, *this);
1834 if (!NewFV)
1835 NewFV = foldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, SI, FV, *this);
1836 return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), NewTV, NewFV, "", nullptr, SI);
1837}
1838
1840 Value *InValue, BasicBlock *InBB,
1841 const DataLayout &DL,
1842 const SimplifyQuery SQ) {
1843 // NB: It is a precondition of this transform that the operands be
1844 // phi translatable!
1846 for (Value *Op : I.operands()) {
1847 if (Op == PN)
1848 Ops.push_back(InValue);
1849 else
1850 Ops.push_back(Op->DoPHITranslation(PN->getParent(), InBB));
1851 }
1852
1853 // Don't consider the simplification successful if we get back a constant
1854 // expression. That's just an instruction in hiding.
1855 // Also reject the case where we simplify back to the phi node. We wouldn't
1856 // be able to remove it in that case.
1858 &I, Ops, SQ.getWithInstruction(InBB->getTerminator()));
1859 if (NewVal && NewVal != PN && !match(NewVal, m_ConstantExpr()))
1860 return NewVal;
1861
1862 // Check if incoming PHI value can be replaced with constant
1863 // based on implied condition.
1864 BranchInst *TerminatorBI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(InBB->getTerminator());
1865 const ICmpInst *ICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(&I);
1866 if (TerminatorBI && TerminatorBI->isConditional() &&
1867 TerminatorBI->getSuccessor(0) != TerminatorBI->getSuccessor(1) && ICmp) {
1868 bool LHSIsTrue = TerminatorBI->getSuccessor(0) == PN->getParent();
1869 std::optional<bool> ImpliedCond = isImpliedCondition(
1870 TerminatorBI->getCondition(), ICmp->getCmpPredicate(), Ops[0], Ops[1],
1871 DL, LHSIsTrue);
1872 if (ImpliedCond)
1873 return ConstantInt::getBool(I.getType(), ImpliedCond.value());
1874 }
1875
1876 return nullptr;
1877}
1878
1879/// In some cases it is beneficial to fold a select into a binary operator.
1880/// For example:
1881/// %1 = or %in, 4
1882/// %2 = select %cond, %1, %in
1883/// %3 = or %2, 1
1884/// =>
1885/// %1 = select i1 %cond, 5, 1
1886/// %2 = or %1, %in
1888 assert(Op.isAssociative() && "The operation must be associative!");
1889
1890 SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op.getOperand(0));
1891
1892 Constant *Const;
1893 if (!SI || !match(Op.getOperand(1), m_ImmConstant(Const)) ||
1894 !Op.hasOneUse() || !SI->hasOneUse())
1895 return nullptr;
1896
1897 Value *TV = SI->getTrueValue();
1898 Value *FV = SI->getFalseValue();
1899 Value *Input, *NewTV, *NewFV;
1900 Constant *Const2;
1901
1902 if (TV->hasOneUse() && match(TV, m_BinOp(Op.getOpcode(), m_Specific(FV),
1903 m_ImmConstant(Const2)))) {
1904 NewTV = ConstantFoldBinaryInstruction(Op.getOpcode(), Const, Const2);
1905 NewFV = Const;
1906 Input = FV;
1907 } else if (FV->hasOneUse() &&
1908 match(FV, m_BinOp(Op.getOpcode(), m_Specific(TV),
1909 m_ImmConstant(Const2)))) {
1910 NewTV = Const;
1911 NewFV = ConstantFoldBinaryInstruction(Op.getOpcode(), Const, Const2);
1912 Input = TV;
1913 } else
1914 return nullptr;
1915
1916 if (!NewTV || !NewFV)
1917 return nullptr;
1918
1919 Value *NewSI = Builder.CreateSelect(SI->getCondition(), NewTV, NewFV);
1920 return BinaryOperator::Create(Op.getOpcode(), NewSI, Input);
1921}
1922
1924 bool AllowMultipleUses) {
1925 unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
1926 if (NumPHIValues == 0)
1927 return nullptr;
1928
1929 // We normally only transform phis with a single use. However, if a PHI has
1930 // multiple uses and they are all the same operation, we can fold *all* of the
1931 // uses into the PHI.
1932 bool OneUse = PN->hasOneUse();
1933 bool IdenticalUsers = false;
1934 if (!AllowMultipleUses && !OneUse) {
1935 // Walk the use list for the instruction, comparing them to I.
1936 for (User *U : PN->users()) {
1938 if (UI != &I && !I.isIdenticalTo(UI))
1939 return nullptr;
1940 }
1941 // Otherwise, we can replace *all* users with the new PHI we form.
1942 IdenticalUsers = true;
1943 }
1944
1945 // Check that all operands are phi-translatable.
1946 for (Value *Op : I.operands()) {
1947 if (Op == PN)
1948 continue;
1949
1950 // Non-instructions never require phi-translation.
1951 auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op);
1952 if (!I)
1953 continue;
1954
1955 // Phi-translate can handle phi nodes in the same block.
1956 if (isa<PHINode>(I))
1957 if (I->getParent() == PN->getParent())
1958 continue;
1959
1960 // Operand dominates the block, no phi-translation necessary.
1961 if (DT.dominates(I, PN->getParent()))
1962 continue;
1963
1964 // Not phi-translatable, bail out.
1965 return nullptr;
1966 }
1967
1968 // Check to see whether the instruction can be folded into each phi operand.
1969 // If there is one operand that does not fold, remember the BB it is in.
1970 SmallVector<Value *> NewPhiValues;
1971 SmallVector<unsigned int> OpsToMoveUseToIncomingBB;
1972 bool SeenNonSimplifiedInVal = false;
1973 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
1974 Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
1975 BasicBlock *InBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
1976
1977 if (auto *NewVal = simplifyInstructionWithPHI(I, PN, InVal, InBB, DL, SQ)) {
1978 NewPhiValues.push_back(NewVal);
1979 continue;
1980 }
1981
1982 // Handle some cases that can't be fully simplified, but where we know that
1983 // the two instructions will fold into one.
1984 auto WillFold = [&]() {
1985 if (!InVal->hasUseList() || !InVal->hasOneUser())
1986 return false;
1987
1988 // icmp of ucmp/scmp with constant will fold to icmp.
1989 const APInt *Ignored;
1990 if (isa<CmpIntrinsic>(InVal) &&
1991 match(&I, m_ICmp(m_Specific(PN), m_APInt(Ignored))))
1992 return true;
1993
1994 // icmp eq zext(bool), 0 will fold to !bool.
1995 if (isa<ZExtInst>(InVal) &&
1996 cast<ZExtInst>(InVal)->getSrcTy()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1) &&
1997 match(&I,
1999 return true;
2000
2001 return false;
2002 };
2003
2004 if (WillFold()) {
2005 OpsToMoveUseToIncomingBB.push_back(i);
2006 NewPhiValues.push_back(nullptr);
2007 continue;
2008 }
2009
2010 if (!OneUse && !IdenticalUsers)
2011 return nullptr;
2012
2013 if (SeenNonSimplifiedInVal)
2014 return nullptr; // More than one non-simplified value.
2015 SeenNonSimplifiedInVal = true;
2016
2017 // If there is exactly one non-simplified value, we can insert a copy of the
2018 // operation in that block. However, if this is a critical edge, we would
2019 // be inserting the computation on some other paths (e.g. inside a loop).
2020 // Only do this if the pred block is unconditionally branching into the phi
2021 // block. Also, make sure that the pred block is not dead code.
2023 if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional() || !DT.isReachableFromEntry(InBB))
2024 return nullptr;
2025
2026 NewPhiValues.push_back(nullptr);
2027 OpsToMoveUseToIncomingBB.push_back(i);
2028
2029 // Do not push the operation across a loop backedge. This could result in
2030 // an infinite combine loop, and is generally non-profitable (especially
2031 // if the operation was originally outside the loop).
2032 if (isBackEdge(InBB, PN->getParent()))
2033 return nullptr;
2034 }
2035
2036 // Clone the instruction that uses the phi node and move it into the incoming
2037 // BB because we know that the next iteration of InstCombine will simplify it.
2039 for (auto OpIndex : OpsToMoveUseToIncomingBB) {
2041 BasicBlock *OpBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(OpIndex);
2042
2043 Instruction *Clone = Clones.lookup(OpBB);
2044 if (!Clone) {
2045 Clone = I.clone();
2046 for (Use &U : Clone->operands()) {
2047 if (U == PN)
2048 U = Op;
2049 else
2050 U = U->DoPHITranslation(PN->getParent(), OpBB);
2051 }
2052 Clone = InsertNewInstBefore(Clone, OpBB->getTerminator()->getIterator());
2053 Clones.insert({OpBB, Clone});
2054 // We may have speculated the instruction.
2056 }
2057
2058 NewPhiValues[OpIndex] = Clone;
2059 }
2060
2061 // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
2062 PHINode *NewPN = PHINode::Create(I.getType(), PN->getNumIncomingValues());
2063 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN->getIterator());
2064 NewPN->takeName(PN);
2065 NewPN->setDebugLoc(PN->getDebugLoc());
2066
2067 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
2068 NewPN->addIncoming(NewPhiValues[i], PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
2069
2070 if (IdenticalUsers) {
2071 // Collect and deduplicate users up-front to avoid iterator invalidation.
2073 for (User *U : PN->users()) {
2075 if (User == &I)
2076 continue;
2077 ToReplace.insert(User);
2078 }
2079 for (Instruction *I : ToReplace) {
2080 replaceInstUsesWith(*I, NewPN);
2082 }
2083 OneUse = true;
2084 }
2085
2086 if (OneUse) {
2087 replaceAllDbgUsesWith(*PN, *NewPN, *PN, DT);
2088 }
2089 return replaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
2090}
2091
2093 if (!BO.isAssociative())
2094 return nullptr;
2095
2096 // Find the interleaved binary ops.
2097 auto Opc = BO.getOpcode();
2098 auto *BO0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(BO.getOperand(0));
2099 auto *BO1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(BO.getOperand(1));
2100 if (!BO0 || !BO1 || !BO0->hasNUses(2) || !BO1->hasNUses(2) ||
2101 BO0->getOpcode() != Opc || BO1->getOpcode() != Opc ||
2102 !BO0->isAssociative() || !BO1->isAssociative() ||
2103 BO0->getParent() != BO1->getParent())
2104 return nullptr;
2105
2106 assert(BO.isCommutative() && BO0->isCommutative() && BO1->isCommutative() &&
2107 "Expected commutative instructions!");
2108
2109 // Find the matching phis, forming the recurrences.
2110 PHINode *PN0, *PN1;
2111 Value *Start0, *Step0, *Start1, *Step1;
2112 if (!matchSimpleRecurrence(BO0, PN0, Start0, Step0) || !PN0->hasOneUse() ||
2113 !matchSimpleRecurrence(BO1, PN1, Start1, Step1) || !PN1->hasOneUse() ||
2114 PN0->getParent() != PN1->getParent())
2115 return nullptr;
2116
2117 assert(PN0->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 && PN1->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 &&
2118 "Expected PHIs with two incoming values!");
2119
2120 // Convert the start and step values to constants.
2121 auto *Init0 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Start0);
2122 auto *Init1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Start1);
2123 auto *C0 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Step0);
2124 auto *C1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Step1);
2125 if (!Init0 || !Init1 || !C0 || !C1)
2126 return nullptr;
2127
2128 // Fold the recurrence constants.
2129 auto *Init = ConstantFoldBinaryInstruction(Opc, Init0, Init1);
2130 auto *C = ConstantFoldBinaryInstruction(Opc, C0, C1);
2131 if (!Init || !C)
2132 return nullptr;
2133
2134 // Create the reduced PHI.
2135 auto *NewPN = PHINode::Create(PN0->getType(), PN0->getNumIncomingValues(),
2136 "reduced.phi");
2137
2138 // Create the new binary op.
2139 auto *NewBO = BinaryOperator::Create(Opc, NewPN, C);
2140 if (Opc == Instruction::FAdd || Opc == Instruction::FMul) {
2141 // Intersect FMF flags for FADD and FMUL.
2142 FastMathFlags Intersect = BO0->getFastMathFlags() &
2143 BO1->getFastMathFlags() & BO.getFastMathFlags();
2144 NewBO->setFastMathFlags(Intersect);
2145 } else {
2146 OverflowTracking Flags;
2147 Flags.AllKnownNonNegative = false;
2148 Flags.AllKnownNonZero = false;
2149 Flags.mergeFlags(*BO0);
2150 Flags.mergeFlags(*BO1);
2151 Flags.mergeFlags(BO);
2152 Flags.applyFlags(*NewBO);
2153 }
2154 NewBO->takeName(&BO);
2155
2156 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PN0->getNumIncomingValues(); I != E; ++I) {
2157 auto *V = PN0->getIncomingValue(I);
2158 auto *BB = PN0->getIncomingBlock(I);
2159 if (V == Init0) {
2160 assert(((PN1->getIncomingValue(0) == Init1 &&
2161 PN1->getIncomingBlock(0) == BB) ||
2162 (PN1->getIncomingValue(1) == Init1 &&
2163 PN1->getIncomingBlock(1) == BB)) &&
2164 "Invalid incoming block!");
2165 NewPN->addIncoming(Init, BB);
2166 } else if (V == BO0) {
2167 assert(((PN1->getIncomingValue(0) == BO1 &&
2168 PN1->getIncomingBlock(0) == BB) ||
2169 (PN1->getIncomingValue(1) == BO1 &&
2170 PN1->getIncomingBlock(1) == BB)) &&
2171 "Invalid incoming block!");
2172 NewPN->addIncoming(NewBO, BB);
2173 } else
2174 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected incoming value!");
2175 }
2176
2177 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << " Combined " << *PN0 << "\n " << *BO0
2178 << "\n with " << *PN1 << "\n " << *BO1
2179 << '\n');
2180
2181 // Insert the new recurrence and remove the old (dead) ones.
2182 InsertNewInstWith(NewPN, PN0->getIterator());
2183 InsertNewInstWith(NewBO, BO0->getIterator());
2184
2191
2192 return replaceInstUsesWith(BO, NewBO);
2193}
2194
2196 // Attempt to fold binary operators whose operands are simple recurrences.
2197 if (auto *NewBO = foldBinopWithRecurrence(BO))
2198 return NewBO;
2199
2200 // TODO: This should be similar to the incoming values check in foldOpIntoPhi:
2201 // we are guarding against replicating the binop in >1 predecessor.
2202 // This could miss matching a phi with 2 constant incoming values.
2203 auto *Phi0 = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BO.getOperand(0));
2204 auto *Phi1 = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BO.getOperand(1));
2205 if (!Phi0 || !Phi1 || !Phi0->hasOneUse() || !Phi1->hasOneUse() ||
2206 Phi0->getNumOperands() != Phi1->getNumOperands())
2207 return nullptr;
2208
2209 // TODO: Remove the restriction for binop being in the same block as the phis.
2210 if (BO.getParent() != Phi0->getParent() ||
2211 BO.getParent() != Phi1->getParent())
2212 return nullptr;
2213
2214 // Fold if there is at least one specific constant value in phi0 or phi1's
2215 // incoming values that comes from the same block and this specific constant
2216 // value can be used to do optimization for specific binary operator.
2217 // For example:
2218 // %phi0 = phi i32 [0, %bb0], [%i, %bb1]
2219 // %phi1 = phi i32 [%j, %bb0], [0, %bb1]
2220 // %add = add i32 %phi0, %phi1
2221 // ==>
2222 // %add = phi i32 [%j, %bb0], [%i, %bb1]
2224 /*AllowRHSConstant*/ false);
2225 if (C) {
2226 SmallVector<Value *, 4> NewIncomingValues;
2227 auto CanFoldIncomingValuePair = [&](std::tuple<Use &, Use &> T) {
2228 auto &Phi0Use = std::get<0>(T);
2229 auto &Phi1Use = std::get<1>(T);
2230 if (Phi0->getIncomingBlock(Phi0Use) != Phi1->getIncomingBlock(Phi1Use))
2231 return false;
2232 Value *Phi0UseV = Phi0Use.get();
2233 Value *Phi1UseV = Phi1Use.get();
2234 if (Phi0UseV == C)
2235 NewIncomingValues.push_back(Phi1UseV);
2236 else if (Phi1UseV == C)
2237 NewIncomingValues.push_back(Phi0UseV);
2238 else
2239 return false;
2240 return true;
2241 };
2242
2243 if (all_of(zip(Phi0->operands(), Phi1->operands()),
2244 CanFoldIncomingValuePair)) {
2245 PHINode *NewPhi =
2246 PHINode::Create(Phi0->getType(), Phi0->getNumOperands());
2247 assert(NewIncomingValues.size() == Phi0->getNumOperands() &&
2248 "The number of collected incoming values should equal the number "
2249 "of the original PHINode operands!");
2250 for (unsigned I = 0; I < Phi0->getNumOperands(); I++)
2251 NewPhi->addIncoming(NewIncomingValues[I], Phi0->getIncomingBlock(I));
2252 return NewPhi;
2253 }
2254 }
2255
2256 if (Phi0->getNumOperands() != 2 || Phi1->getNumOperands() != 2)
2257 return nullptr;
2258
2259 // Match a pair of incoming constants for one of the predecessor blocks.
2260 BasicBlock *ConstBB, *OtherBB;
2261 Constant *C0, *C1;
2262 if (match(Phi0->getIncomingValue(0), m_ImmConstant(C0))) {
2263 ConstBB = Phi0->getIncomingBlock(0);
2264 OtherBB = Phi0->getIncomingBlock(1);
2265 } else if (match(Phi0->getIncomingValue(1), m_ImmConstant(C0))) {
2266 ConstBB = Phi0->getIncomingBlock(1);
2267 OtherBB = Phi0->getIncomingBlock(0);
2268 } else {
2269 return nullptr;
2270 }
2271 if (!match(Phi1->getIncomingValueForBlock(ConstBB), m_ImmConstant(C1)))
2272 return nullptr;
2273
2274 // The block that we are hoisting to must reach here unconditionally.
2275 // Otherwise, we could be speculatively executing an expensive or
2276 // non-speculative op.
2277 auto *PredBlockBranch = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(OtherBB->getTerminator());
2278 if (!PredBlockBranch || PredBlockBranch->isConditional() ||
2279 !DT.isReachableFromEntry(OtherBB))
2280 return nullptr;
2281
2282 // TODO: This check could be tightened to only apply to binops (div/rem) that
2283 // are not safe to speculatively execute. But that could allow hoisting
2284 // potentially expensive instructions (fdiv for example).
2285 for (auto BBIter = BO.getParent()->begin(); &*BBIter != &BO; ++BBIter)
2287 return nullptr;
2288
2289 // Fold constants for the predecessor block with constant incoming values.
2290 Constant *NewC = ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(BO.getOpcode(), C0, C1, DL);
2291 if (!NewC)
2292 return nullptr;
2293
2294 // Make a new binop in the predecessor block with the non-constant incoming
2295 // values.
2296 Builder.SetInsertPoint(PredBlockBranch);
2297 Value *NewBO = Builder.CreateBinOp(BO.getOpcode(),
2298 Phi0->getIncomingValueForBlock(OtherBB),
2299 Phi1->getIncomingValueForBlock(OtherBB));
2300 if (auto *NotFoldedNewBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NewBO))
2301 NotFoldedNewBO->copyIRFlags(&BO);
2302
2303 // Replace the binop with a phi of the new values. The old phis are dead.
2304 PHINode *NewPhi = PHINode::Create(BO.getType(), 2);
2305 NewPhi->addIncoming(NewBO, OtherBB);
2306 NewPhi->addIncoming(NewC, ConstBB);
2307 return NewPhi;
2308}
2309
2311 bool IsOtherParamConst = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
2312
2313 if (auto *Sel = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I.getOperand(0))) {
2314 if (Instruction *NewSel =
2315 FoldOpIntoSelect(I, Sel, false, !IsOtherParamConst))
2316 return NewSel;
2317 } else if (auto *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0))) {
2318 if (Instruction *NewPhi = foldOpIntoPhi(I, PN))
2319 return NewPhi;
2320 }
2321 return nullptr;
2322}
2323
2325 // If this GEP has only 0 indices, it is the same pointer as
2326 // Src. If Src is not a trivial GEP too, don't combine
2327 // the indices.
2328 if (GEP.hasAllZeroIndices() && !Src.hasAllZeroIndices() &&
2329 !Src.hasOneUse())
2330 return false;
2331 return true;
2332}
2333
2334/// Find a constant NewC that has property:
2335/// shuffle(NewC, ShMask) = C
2336/// Returns nullptr if such a constant does not exist e.g. ShMask=<0,0> C=<1,2>
2337///
2338/// A 1-to-1 mapping is not required. Example:
2339/// ShMask = <1,1,2,2> and C = <5,5,6,6> --> NewC = <poison,5,6,poison>
2341 VectorType *NewCTy) {
2342 if (isa<ScalableVectorType>(NewCTy)) {
2343 Constant *Splat = C->getSplatValue();
2344 if (!Splat)
2345 return nullptr;
2347 }
2348
2349 if (cast<FixedVectorType>(NewCTy)->getNumElements() >
2350 cast<FixedVectorType>(C->getType())->getNumElements())
2351 return nullptr;
2352
2353 unsigned NewCNumElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(NewCTy)->getNumElements();
2354 PoisonValue *PoisonScalar = PoisonValue::get(C->getType()->getScalarType());
2355 SmallVector<Constant *, 16> NewVecC(NewCNumElts, PoisonScalar);
2356 unsigned NumElts = cast<FixedVectorType>(C->getType())->getNumElements();
2357 for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumElts; ++I) {
2358 Constant *CElt = C->getAggregateElement(I);
2359 if (ShMask[I] >= 0) {
2360 assert(ShMask[I] < (int)NumElts && "Not expecting narrowing shuffle");
2361 Constant *NewCElt = NewVecC[ShMask[I]];
2362 // Bail out if:
2363 // 1. The constant vector contains a constant expression.
2364 // 2. The shuffle needs an element of the constant vector that can't
2365 // be mapped to a new constant vector.
2366 // 3. This is a widening shuffle that copies elements of V1 into the
2367 // extended elements (extending with poison is allowed).
2368 if (!CElt || (!isa<PoisonValue>(NewCElt) && NewCElt != CElt) ||
2369 I >= NewCNumElts)
2370 return nullptr;
2371 NewVecC[ShMask[I]] = CElt;
2372 }
2373 }
2374 return ConstantVector::get(NewVecC);
2375}
2376
2377// Get the result of `Vector Op Splat` (or Splat Op Vector if \p SplatLHS).
2379 Constant *Splat, bool SplatLHS,
2380 const DataLayout &DL) {
2381 ElementCount EC = cast<VectorType>(Vector->getType())->getElementCount();
2383 Constant *RHS = Vector;
2384 if (!SplatLHS)
2385 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
2386 return ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(Opcode, LHS, RHS, DL);
2387}
2388
2390 if (!isa<VectorType>(Inst.getType()))
2391 return nullptr;
2392
2393 BinaryOperator::BinaryOps Opcode = Inst.getOpcode();
2394 Value *LHS = Inst.getOperand(0), *RHS = Inst.getOperand(1);
2395 assert(cast<VectorType>(LHS->getType())->getElementCount() ==
2396 cast<VectorType>(Inst.getType())->getElementCount());
2397 assert(cast<VectorType>(RHS->getType())->getElementCount() ==
2398 cast<VectorType>(Inst.getType())->getElementCount());
2399
2400 auto foldConstantsThroughSubVectorInsertSplat =
2401 [&](Value *MaybeSubVector, Value *MaybeSplat,
2402 bool SplatLHS) -> Instruction * {
2403 Value *Idx;
2404 Constant *Splat, *SubVector, *Dest;
2405 if (!match(MaybeSplat, m_ConstantSplat(m_Constant(Splat))) ||
2406 !match(MaybeSubVector,
2407 m_VectorInsert(m_Constant(Dest), m_Constant(SubVector),
2408 m_Value(Idx))))
2409 return nullptr;
2410 SubVector =
2411 constantFoldBinOpWithSplat(Opcode, SubVector, Splat, SplatLHS, DL);
2412 Dest = constantFoldBinOpWithSplat(Opcode, Dest, Splat, SplatLHS, DL);
2413 if (!SubVector || !Dest)
2414 return nullptr;
2415 auto *InsertVector =
2416 Builder.CreateInsertVector(Dest->getType(), Dest, SubVector, Idx);
2417 return replaceInstUsesWith(Inst, InsertVector);
2418 };
2419
2420 // If one operand is a constant splat and the other operand is a
2421 // `vector.insert` where both the destination and subvector are constant,
2422 // apply the operation to both the destination and subvector, returning a new
2423 // constant `vector.insert`. This helps constant folding for scalable vectors.
2424 if (Instruction *Folded = foldConstantsThroughSubVectorInsertSplat(
2425 /*MaybeSubVector=*/LHS, /*MaybeSplat=*/RHS, /*SplatLHS=*/false))
2426 return Folded;
2427 if (Instruction *Folded = foldConstantsThroughSubVectorInsertSplat(
2428 /*MaybeSubVector=*/RHS, /*MaybeSplat=*/LHS, /*SplatLHS=*/true))
2429 return Folded;
2430
2431 // If both operands of the binop are vector concatenations, then perform the
2432 // narrow binop on each pair of the source operands followed by concatenation
2433 // of the results.
2434 Value *L0, *L1, *R0, *R1;
2435 ArrayRef<int> Mask;
2436 if (match(LHS, m_Shuffle(m_Value(L0), m_Value(L1), m_Mask(Mask))) &&
2437 match(RHS, m_Shuffle(m_Value(R0), m_Value(R1), m_SpecificMask(Mask))) &&
2438 LHS->hasOneUse() && RHS->hasOneUse() &&
2439 cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(LHS)->isConcat() &&
2440 cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(RHS)->isConcat()) {
2441 // This transform does not have the speculative execution constraint as
2442 // below because the shuffle is a concatenation. The new binops are
2443 // operating on exactly the same elements as the existing binop.
2444 // TODO: We could ease the mask requirement to allow different undef lanes,
2445 // but that requires an analysis of the binop-with-undef output value.
2446 Value *NewBO0 = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, L0, R0);
2447 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NewBO0))
2448 BO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2449 Value *NewBO1 = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, L1, R1);
2450 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NewBO1))
2451 BO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2452 return new ShuffleVectorInst(NewBO0, NewBO1, Mask);
2453 }
2454
2455 auto createBinOpReverse = [&](Value *X, Value *Y) {
2456 Value *V = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, X, Y, Inst.getName());
2457 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(V))
2458 BO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2459 Module *M = Inst.getModule();
2461 M, Intrinsic::vector_reverse, V->getType());
2462 return CallInst::Create(F, V);
2463 };
2464
2465 // NOTE: Reverse shuffles don't require the speculative execution protection
2466 // below because they don't affect which lanes take part in the computation.
2467
2468 Value *V1, *V2;
2469 if (match(LHS, m_VecReverse(m_Value(V1)))) {
2470 // Op(rev(V1), rev(V2)) -> rev(Op(V1, V2))
2471 if (match(RHS, m_VecReverse(m_Value(V2))) &&
2472 (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse() ||
2473 (LHS == RHS && LHS->hasNUses(2))))
2474 return createBinOpReverse(V1, V2);
2475
2476 // Op(rev(V1), RHSSplat)) -> rev(Op(V1, RHSSplat))
2477 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && isSplatValue(RHS))
2478 return createBinOpReverse(V1, RHS);
2479 }
2480 // Op(LHSSplat, rev(V2)) -> rev(Op(LHSSplat, V2))
2481 else if (isSplatValue(LHS) && match(RHS, m_OneUse(m_VecReverse(m_Value(V2)))))
2482 return createBinOpReverse(LHS, V2);
2483
2484 auto createBinOpVPReverse = [&](Value *X, Value *Y, Value *EVL) {
2485 Value *V = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, X, Y, Inst.getName());
2486 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(V))
2487 BO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2488
2489 ElementCount EC = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getElementCount();
2490 Value *AllTrueMask = Builder.CreateVectorSplat(EC, Builder.getTrue());
2491 Module *M = Inst.getModule();
2493 M, Intrinsic::experimental_vp_reverse, V->getType());
2494 return CallInst::Create(F, {V, AllTrueMask, EVL});
2495 };
2496
2497 Value *EVL;
2499 m_Value(V1), m_AllOnes(), m_Value(EVL)))) {
2500 // Op(rev(V1), rev(V2)) -> rev(Op(V1, V2))
2502 m_Value(V2), m_AllOnes(), m_Specific(EVL))) &&
2503 (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse() ||
2504 (LHS == RHS && LHS->hasNUses(2))))
2505 return createBinOpVPReverse(V1, V2, EVL);
2506
2507 // Op(rev(V1), RHSSplat)) -> rev(Op(V1, RHSSplat))
2508 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && isSplatValue(RHS))
2509 return createBinOpVPReverse(V1, RHS, EVL);
2510 }
2511 // Op(LHSSplat, rev(V2)) -> rev(Op(LHSSplat, V2))
2512 else if (isSplatValue(LHS) &&
2514 m_Value(V2), m_AllOnes(), m_Value(EVL))))
2515 return createBinOpVPReverse(LHS, V2, EVL);
2516
2517 // It may not be safe to reorder shuffles and things like div, urem, etc.
2518 // because we may trap when executing those ops on unknown vector elements.
2519 // See PR20059.
2521 return nullptr;
2522
2523 auto createBinOpShuffle = [&](Value *X, Value *Y, ArrayRef<int> M) {
2524 Value *XY = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, X, Y);
2525 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(XY))
2526 BO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2527 return new ShuffleVectorInst(XY, M);
2528 };
2529
2530 // If both arguments of the binary operation are shuffles that use the same
2531 // mask and shuffle within a single vector, move the shuffle after the binop.
2532 if (match(LHS, m_Shuffle(m_Value(V1), m_Poison(), m_Mask(Mask))) &&
2533 match(RHS, m_Shuffle(m_Value(V2), m_Poison(), m_SpecificMask(Mask))) &&
2534 V1->getType() == V2->getType() &&
2535 (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse() || LHS == RHS)) {
2536 // Op(shuffle(V1, Mask), shuffle(V2, Mask)) -> shuffle(Op(V1, V2), Mask)
2537 return createBinOpShuffle(V1, V2, Mask);
2538 }
2539
2540 // If both arguments of a commutative binop are select-shuffles that use the
2541 // same mask with commuted operands, the shuffles are unnecessary.
2542 if (Inst.isCommutative() &&
2543 match(LHS, m_Shuffle(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2), m_Mask(Mask))) &&
2544 match(RHS,
2545 m_Shuffle(m_Specific(V2), m_Specific(V1), m_SpecificMask(Mask)))) {
2546 auto *LShuf = cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(LHS);
2547 auto *RShuf = cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(RHS);
2548 // TODO: Allow shuffles that contain undefs in the mask?
2549 // That is legal, but it reduces undef knowledge.
2550 // TODO: Allow arbitrary shuffles by shuffling after binop?
2551 // That might be legal, but we have to deal with poison.
2552 if (LShuf->isSelect() &&
2553 !is_contained(LShuf->getShuffleMask(), PoisonMaskElem) &&
2554 RShuf->isSelect() &&
2555 !is_contained(RShuf->getShuffleMask(), PoisonMaskElem)) {
2556 // Example:
2557 // LHS = shuffle V1, V2, <0, 5, 6, 3>
2558 // RHS = shuffle V2, V1, <0, 5, 6, 3>
2559 // LHS + RHS --> (V10+V20, V21+V11, V22+V12, V13+V23) --> V1 + V2
2560 Instruction *NewBO = BinaryOperator::Create(Opcode, V1, V2);
2561 NewBO->copyIRFlags(&Inst);
2562 return NewBO;
2563 }
2564 }
2565
2566 // If one argument is a shuffle within one vector and the other is a constant,
2567 // try moving the shuffle after the binary operation. This canonicalization
2568 // intends to move shuffles closer to other shuffles and binops closer to
2569 // other binops, so they can be folded. It may also enable demanded elements
2570 // transforms.
2571 Constant *C;
2573 m_Mask(Mask))),
2574 m_ImmConstant(C)))) {
2575 assert(Inst.getType()->getScalarType() == V1->getType()->getScalarType() &&
2576 "Shuffle should not change scalar type");
2577
2578 bool ConstOp1 = isa<Constant>(RHS);
2579 if (Constant *NewC =
2581 // For fixed vectors, lanes of NewC not used by the shuffle will be poison
2582 // which will cause UB for div/rem. Mask them with a safe constant.
2583 if (isa<FixedVectorType>(V1->getType()) && Inst.isIntDivRem())
2584 NewC = getSafeVectorConstantForBinop(Opcode, NewC, ConstOp1);
2585
2586 // Op(shuffle(V1, Mask), C) -> shuffle(Op(V1, NewC), Mask)
2587 // Op(C, shuffle(V1, Mask)) -> shuffle(Op(NewC, V1), Mask)
2588 Value *NewLHS = ConstOp1 ? V1 : NewC;
2589 Value *NewRHS = ConstOp1 ? NewC : V1;
2590 return createBinOpShuffle(NewLHS, NewRHS, Mask);
2591 }
2592 }
2593
2594 // Try to reassociate to sink a splat shuffle after a binary operation.
2595 if (Inst.isAssociative() && Inst.isCommutative()) {
2596 // Canonicalize shuffle operand as LHS.
2597 if (isa<ShuffleVectorInst>(RHS))
2598 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
2599
2600 Value *X;
2601 ArrayRef<int> MaskC;
2602 int SplatIndex;
2603 Value *Y, *OtherOp;
2604 if (!match(LHS,
2605 m_OneUse(m_Shuffle(m_Value(X), m_Undef(), m_Mask(MaskC)))) ||
2606 !match(MaskC, m_SplatOrPoisonMask(SplatIndex)) ||
2607 X->getType() != Inst.getType() ||
2608 !match(RHS, m_OneUse(m_BinOp(Opcode, m_Value(Y), m_Value(OtherOp)))))
2609 return nullptr;
2610
2611 // FIXME: This may not be safe if the analysis allows undef elements. By
2612 // moving 'Y' before the splat shuffle, we are implicitly assuming
2613 // that it is not undef/poison at the splat index.
2614 if (isSplatValue(OtherOp, SplatIndex)) {
2615 std::swap(Y, OtherOp);
2616 } else if (!isSplatValue(Y, SplatIndex)) {
2617 return nullptr;
2618 }
2619
2620 // X and Y are splatted values, so perform the binary operation on those
2621 // values followed by a splat followed by the 2nd binary operation:
2622 // bo (splat X), (bo Y, OtherOp) --> bo (splat (bo X, Y)), OtherOp
2623 Value *NewBO = Builder.CreateBinOp(Opcode, X, Y);
2624 SmallVector<int, 8> NewMask(MaskC.size(), SplatIndex);
2625 Value *NewSplat = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(NewBO, NewMask);
2626 Instruction *R = BinaryOperator::Create(Opcode, NewSplat, OtherOp);
2627
2628 // Intersect FMF on both new binops. Other (poison-generating) flags are
2629 // dropped to be safe.
2630 if (isa<FPMathOperator>(R)) {
2631 R->copyFastMathFlags(&Inst);
2632 R->andIRFlags(RHS);
2633 }
2634 if (auto *NewInstBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NewBO))
2635 NewInstBO->copyIRFlags(R);
2636 return R;
2637 }
2638
2639 return nullptr;
2640}
2641
2642/// Try to narrow the width of a binop if at least 1 operand is an extend of
2643/// of a value. This requires a potentially expensive known bits check to make
2644/// sure the narrow op does not overflow.
2645Instruction *InstCombinerImpl::narrowMathIfNoOverflow(BinaryOperator &BO) {
2646 // We need at least one extended operand.
2647 Value *Op0 = BO.getOperand(0), *Op1 = BO.getOperand(1);
2648
2649 // If this is a sub, we swap the operands since we always want an extension
2650 // on the RHS. The LHS can be an extension or a constant.
2651 if (BO.getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
2652 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2653
2654 Value *X;
2655 bool IsSext = match(Op0, m_SExt(m_Value(X)));
2656 if (!IsSext && !match(Op0, m_ZExt(m_Value(X))))
2657 return nullptr;
2658
2659 // If both operands are the same extension from the same source type and we
2660 // can eliminate at least one (hasOneUse), this might work.
2661 CastInst::CastOps CastOpc = IsSext ? Instruction::SExt : Instruction::ZExt;
2662 Value *Y;
2663 if (!(match(Op1, m_ZExtOrSExt(m_Value(Y))) && X->getType() == Y->getType() &&
2664 cast<Operator>(Op1)->getOpcode() == CastOpc &&
2665 (Op0->hasOneUse() || Op1->hasOneUse()))) {
2666 // If that did not match, see if we have a suitable constant operand.
2667 // Truncating and extending must produce the same constant.
2668 Constant *WideC;
2669 if (!Op0->hasOneUse() || !match(Op1, m_Constant(WideC)))
2670 return nullptr;
2671 Constant *NarrowC = getLosslessInvCast(WideC, X->getType(), CastOpc, DL);
2672 if (!NarrowC)
2673 return nullptr;
2674 Y = NarrowC;
2675 }
2676
2677 // Swap back now that we found our operands.
2678 if (BO.getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
2679 std::swap(X, Y);
2680
2681 // Both operands have narrow versions. Last step: the math must not overflow
2682 // in the narrow width.
2683 if (!willNotOverflow(BO.getOpcode(), X, Y, BO, IsSext))
2684 return nullptr;
2685
2686 // bo (ext X), (ext Y) --> ext (bo X, Y)
2687 // bo (ext X), C --> ext (bo X, C')
2688 Value *NarrowBO = Builder.CreateBinOp(BO.getOpcode(), X, Y, "narrow");
2689 if (auto *NewBinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NarrowBO)) {
2690 if (IsSext)
2691 NewBinOp->setHasNoSignedWrap();
2692 else
2693 NewBinOp->setHasNoUnsignedWrap();
2694 }
2695 return CastInst::Create(CastOpc, NarrowBO, BO.getType());
2696}
2697
2698/// Determine nowrap flags for (gep (gep p, x), y) to (gep p, (x + y))
2699/// transform.
2704
2705/// Thread a GEP operation with constant indices through the constant true/false
2706/// arms of a select.
2708 InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder) {
2709 if (!GEP.hasAllConstantIndices())
2710 return nullptr;
2711
2712 Instruction *Sel;
2713 Value *Cond;
2714 Constant *TrueC, *FalseC;
2715 if (!match(GEP.getPointerOperand(), m_Instruction(Sel)) ||
2716 !match(Sel,
2717 m_Select(m_Value(Cond), m_Constant(TrueC), m_Constant(FalseC))))
2718 return nullptr;
2719
2720 // gep (select Cond, TrueC, FalseC), IndexC --> select Cond, TrueC', FalseC'
2721 // Propagate 'inbounds' and metadata from existing instructions.
2722 // Note: using IRBuilder to create the constants for efficiency.
2723 SmallVector<Value *, 4> IndexC(GEP.indices());
2724 GEPNoWrapFlags NW = GEP.getNoWrapFlags();
2725 Type *Ty = GEP.getSourceElementType();
2726 Value *NewTrueC = Builder.CreateGEP(Ty, TrueC, IndexC, "", NW);
2727 Value *NewFalseC = Builder.CreateGEP(Ty, FalseC, IndexC, "", NW);
2728 return SelectInst::Create(Cond, NewTrueC, NewFalseC, "", nullptr, Sel);
2729}
2730
2731// Canonicalization:
2732// gep T, (gep i8, base, C1), (Index + C2) into
2733// gep T, (gep i8, base, C1 + C2 * sizeof(T)), Index
2735 GEPOperator *Src,
2736 InstCombinerImpl &IC) {
2737 if (GEP.getNumIndices() != 1)
2738 return nullptr;
2739 auto &DL = IC.getDataLayout();
2740 Value *Base;
2741 const APInt *C1;
2742 if (!match(Src, m_PtrAdd(m_Value(Base), m_APInt(C1))))
2743 return nullptr;
2744 Value *VarIndex;
2745 const APInt *C2;
2746 Type *PtrTy = Src->getType()->getScalarType();
2747 unsigned IndexSizeInBits = DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(PtrTy);
2748 if (!match(GEP.getOperand(1), m_AddLike(m_Value(VarIndex), m_APInt(C2))))
2749 return nullptr;
2750 if (C1->getBitWidth() != IndexSizeInBits ||
2751 C2->getBitWidth() != IndexSizeInBits)
2752 return nullptr;
2753 Type *BaseType = GEP.getSourceElementType();
2755 return nullptr;
2756 APInt TypeSize(IndexSizeInBits, DL.getTypeAllocSize(BaseType));
2757 APInt NewOffset = TypeSize * *C2 + *C1;
2758 if (NewOffset.isZero() ||
2759 (Src->hasOneUse() && GEP.getOperand(1)->hasOneUse())) {
2761 if (GEP.hasNoUnsignedWrap() &&
2762 cast<GEPOperator>(Src)->hasNoUnsignedWrap() &&
2763 match(GEP.getOperand(1), m_NUWAddLike(m_Value(), m_Value()))) {
2765 if (GEP.isInBounds() && cast<GEPOperator>(Src)->isInBounds())
2766 Flags |= GEPNoWrapFlags::inBounds();
2767 }
2768
2769 Value *GEPConst =
2770 IC.Builder.CreatePtrAdd(Base, IC.Builder.getInt(NewOffset), "", Flags);
2771 return GetElementPtrInst::Create(BaseType, GEPConst, VarIndex, Flags);
2772 }
2773
2774 return nullptr;
2775}
2776
2777/// Combine constant offsets separated by variable offsets.
2778/// ptradd (ptradd (ptradd p, C1), x), C2 -> ptradd (ptradd p, x), C1+C2
2780 InstCombinerImpl &IC) {
2781 if (!GEP.hasAllConstantIndices())
2782 return nullptr;
2783
2786 auto *InnerGEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(GEP.getPointerOperand());
2787 while (true) {
2788 if (!InnerGEP)
2789 return nullptr;
2790
2791 NW = NW.intersectForReassociate(InnerGEP->getNoWrapFlags());
2792 if (InnerGEP->hasAllConstantIndices())
2793 break;
2794
2795 if (!InnerGEP->hasOneUse())
2796 return nullptr;
2797
2798 Skipped.push_back(InnerGEP);
2799 InnerGEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(InnerGEP->getPointerOperand());
2800 }
2801
2802 // The two constant offset GEPs are directly adjacent: Let normal offset
2803 // merging handle it.
2804 if (Skipped.empty())
2805 return nullptr;
2806
2807 // FIXME: This one-use check is not strictly necessary. Consider relaxing it
2808 // if profitable.
2809 if (!InnerGEP->hasOneUse())
2810 return nullptr;
2811
2812 // Don't bother with vector splats.
2813 Type *Ty = GEP.getType();
2814 if (InnerGEP->getType() != Ty)
2815 return nullptr;
2816
2817 const DataLayout &DL = IC.getDataLayout();
2818 APInt Offset(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ty), 0);
2819 if (!GEP.accumulateConstantOffset(DL, Offset) ||
2820 !InnerGEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, Offset))
2821 return nullptr;
2822
2823 IC.replaceOperand(*Skipped.back(), 0, InnerGEP->getPointerOperand());
2824 for (GetElementPtrInst *SkippedGEP : Skipped)
2825 SkippedGEP->setNoWrapFlags(NW);
2826
2827 return IC.replaceInstUsesWith(
2828 GEP,
2829 IC.Builder.CreatePtrAdd(Skipped.front(), IC.Builder.getInt(Offset), "",
2830 NW.intersectForOffsetAdd(GEP.getNoWrapFlags())));
2831}
2832
2834 GEPOperator *Src) {
2835 // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
2836 // is a getelementptr instruction with matching element type, combine the
2837 // indices of the two getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
2838 if (!shouldMergeGEPs(*cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP), *Src))
2839 return nullptr;
2840
2841 if (auto *I = canonicalizeGEPOfConstGEPI8(GEP, Src, *this))
2842 return I;
2843
2844 if (auto *I = combineConstantOffsets(GEP, *this))
2845 return I;
2846
2847 if (Src->getResultElementType() != GEP.getSourceElementType())
2848 return nullptr;
2849
2850 // Fold chained GEP with constant base into single GEP:
2851 // gep i8, (gep i8, %base, C1), (select Cond, C2, C3)
2852 // -> gep i8, %base, (select Cond, C1+C2, C1+C3)
2853 if (Src->hasOneUse() && GEP.getNumIndices() == 1 &&
2854 Src->getNumIndices() == 1) {
2855 Value *SrcIdx = *Src->idx_begin();
2856 Value *GEPIdx = *GEP.idx_begin();
2857 const APInt *ConstOffset, *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
2858 Value *Cond;
2859
2860 if ((match(SrcIdx, m_APInt(ConstOffset)) &&
2861 match(GEPIdx,
2862 m_Select(m_Value(Cond), m_APInt(TrueVal), m_APInt(FalseVal)))) ||
2863 (match(GEPIdx, m_APInt(ConstOffset)) &&
2864 match(SrcIdx,
2865 m_Select(m_Value(Cond), m_APInt(TrueVal), m_APInt(FalseVal))))) {
2866 auto *Select = isa<SelectInst>(GEPIdx) ? cast<SelectInst>(GEPIdx)
2867 : cast<SelectInst>(SrcIdx);
2868
2869 // Make sure the select has only one use.
2870 if (!Select->hasOneUse())
2871 return nullptr;
2872
2873 if (TrueVal->getBitWidth() != ConstOffset->getBitWidth() ||
2874 FalseVal->getBitWidth() != ConstOffset->getBitWidth())
2875 return nullptr;
2876
2877 APInt NewTrueVal = *ConstOffset + *TrueVal;
2878 APInt NewFalseVal = *ConstOffset + *FalseVal;
2879 Constant *NewTrue = ConstantInt::get(Select->getType(), NewTrueVal);
2880 Constant *NewFalse = ConstantInt::get(Select->getType(), NewFalseVal);
2881 Value *NewSelect = Builder.CreateSelect(
2882 Cond, NewTrue, NewFalse, /*Name=*/"",
2883 /*MDFrom=*/(ProfcheckDisableMetadataFixes ? nullptr : Select));
2884 GEPNoWrapFlags Flags =
2886 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP,
2887 Builder.CreateGEP(GEP.getResultElementType(),
2888 Src->getPointerOperand(),
2889 NewSelect, "", Flags));
2890 }
2891 }
2892
2893 // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
2894 bool EndsWithSequential = false;
2895 for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*Src), E = gep_type_end(*Src);
2896 I != E; ++I)
2897 EndsWithSequential = I.isSequential();
2898 if (!EndsWithSequential)
2899 return nullptr;
2900
2901 // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
2902 // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
2903 Value *SO1 = Src->getOperand(Src->getNumOperands() - 1);
2904 Value *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
2905
2906 // If they aren't the same type, then the input hasn't been processed
2907 // by the loop above yet (which canonicalizes sequential index types to
2908 // intptr_t). Just avoid transforming this until the input has been
2909 // normalized.
2910 if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType())
2911 return nullptr;
2912
2913 Value *Sum =
2914 simplifyAddInst(GO1, SO1, false, false, SQ.getWithInstruction(&GEP));
2915 // Only do the combine when we are sure the cost after the
2916 // merge is never more than that before the merge.
2917 if (Sum == nullptr)
2918 return nullptr;
2919
2921 Indices.append(Src->op_begin() + 1, Src->op_end() - 1);
2922 Indices.push_back(Sum);
2923 Indices.append(GEP.op_begin() + 2, GEP.op_end());
2924
2925 // Don't create GEPs with more than one non-zero index.
2926 unsigned NumNonZeroIndices = count_if(Indices, [](Value *Idx) {
2927 auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Idx);
2928 return !C || !C->isNullValue();
2929 });
2930 if (NumNonZeroIndices > 1)
2931 return nullptr;
2932
2933 return replaceInstUsesWith(
2934 GEP, Builder.CreateGEP(
2935 Src->getSourceElementType(), Src->getOperand(0), Indices, "",
2937}
2938
2941 bool &DoesConsume, unsigned Depth) {
2942 static Value *const NonNull = reinterpret_cast<Value *>(uintptr_t(1));
2943 // ~(~(X)) -> X.
2944 Value *A, *B;
2945 if (match(V, m_Not(m_Value(A)))) {
2946 DoesConsume = true;
2947 return A;
2948 }
2949
2950 Constant *C;
2951 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values.
2952 if (match(V, m_ImmConstant(C)))
2953 return ConstantExpr::getNot(C);
2954
2956 return nullptr;
2957
2958 // The rest of the cases require that we invert all uses so don't bother
2959 // doing the analysis if we know we can't use the result.
2960 if (!WillInvertAllUses)
2961 return nullptr;
2962
2963 // Compares can be inverted if all of their uses are being modified to use
2964 // the ~V.
2965 if (auto *I = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(V)) {
2966 if (Builder != nullptr)
2967 return Builder->CreateCmp(I->getInversePredicate(), I->getOperand(0),
2968 I->getOperand(1));
2969 return NonNull;
2970 }
2971
2972 // If `V` is of the form `A + B` then `-1 - V` can be folded into
2973 // `(-1 - B) - A` if we are willing to invert all of the uses.
2974 if (match(V, m_Add(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
2975 if (auto *BV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(B, B->hasOneUse(), Builder,
2976 DoesConsume, Depth))
2977 return Builder ? Builder->CreateSub(BV, A) : NonNull;
2978 if (auto *AV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
2979 DoesConsume, Depth))
2980 return Builder ? Builder->CreateSub(AV, B) : NonNull;
2981 return nullptr;
2982 }
2983
2984 // If `V` is of the form `A ^ ~B` then `~(A ^ ~B)` can be folded
2985 // into `A ^ B` if we are willing to invert all of the uses.
2986 if (match(V, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
2987 if (auto *BV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(B, B->hasOneUse(), Builder,
2988 DoesConsume, Depth))
2989 return Builder ? Builder->CreateXor(A, BV) : NonNull;
2990 if (auto *AV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
2991 DoesConsume, Depth))
2992 return Builder ? Builder->CreateXor(AV, B) : NonNull;
2993 return nullptr;
2994 }
2995
2996 // If `V` is of the form `B - A` then `-1 - V` can be folded into
2997 // `A + (-1 - B)` if we are willing to invert all of the uses.
2998 if (match(V, m_Sub(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
2999 if (auto *AV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3000 DoesConsume, Depth))
3001 return Builder ? Builder->CreateAdd(AV, B) : NonNull;
3002 return nullptr;
3003 }
3004
3005 // If `V` is of the form `(~A) s>> B` then `~((~A) s>> B)` can be folded
3006 // into `A s>> B` if we are willing to invert all of the uses.
3007 if (match(V, m_AShr(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
3008 if (auto *AV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3009 DoesConsume, Depth))
3010 return Builder ? Builder->CreateAShr(AV, B) : NonNull;
3011 return nullptr;
3012 }
3013
3014 Value *Cond;
3015 // LogicOps are special in that we canonicalize them at the cost of an
3016 // instruction.
3017 bool IsSelect = match(V, m_Select(m_Value(Cond), m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
3019 // Selects/min/max with invertible operands are freely invertible
3020 if (IsSelect || match(V, m_MaxOrMin(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
3021 bool LocalDoesConsume = DoesConsume;
3022 if (!getFreelyInvertedImpl(B, B->hasOneUse(), /*Builder*/ nullptr,
3023 LocalDoesConsume, Depth))
3024 return nullptr;
3025 if (Value *NotA = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3026 LocalDoesConsume, Depth)) {
3027 DoesConsume = LocalDoesConsume;
3028 if (Builder != nullptr) {
3029 Value *NotB = getFreelyInvertedImpl(B, B->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3030 DoesConsume, Depth);
3031 assert(NotB != nullptr &&
3032 "Unable to build inverted value for known freely invertable op");
3033 if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(V))
3034 return Builder->CreateBinaryIntrinsic(
3035 getInverseMinMaxIntrinsic(II->getIntrinsicID()), NotA, NotB);
3036 return Builder->CreateSelect(
3037 Cond, NotA, NotB, "",
3039 }
3040 return NonNull;
3041 }
3042 }
3043
3044 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) {
3045 bool LocalDoesConsume = DoesConsume;
3047 for (Use &U : PN->operands()) {
3048 BasicBlock *IncomingBlock = PN->getIncomingBlock(U);
3049 Value *NewIncomingVal = getFreelyInvertedImpl(
3050 U.get(), /*WillInvertAllUses=*/false,
3051 /*Builder=*/nullptr, LocalDoesConsume, MaxAnalysisRecursionDepth - 1);
3052 if (NewIncomingVal == nullptr)
3053 return nullptr;
3054 // Make sure that we can safely erase the original PHI node.
3055 if (NewIncomingVal == V)
3056 return nullptr;
3057 if (Builder != nullptr)
3058 IncomingValues.emplace_back(NewIncomingVal, IncomingBlock);
3059 }
3060
3061 DoesConsume = LocalDoesConsume;
3062 if (Builder != nullptr) {
3064 Builder->SetInsertPoint(PN);
3065 PHINode *NewPN =
3066 Builder->CreatePHI(PN->getType(), PN->getNumIncomingValues());
3067 for (auto [Val, Pred] : IncomingValues)
3068 NewPN->addIncoming(Val, Pred);
3069 return NewPN;
3070 }
3071 return NonNull;
3072 }
3073
3074 if (match(V, m_SExtLike(m_Value(A)))) {
3075 if (auto *AV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3076 DoesConsume, Depth))
3077 return Builder ? Builder->CreateSExt(AV, V->getType()) : NonNull;
3078 return nullptr;
3079 }
3080
3081 if (match(V, m_Trunc(m_Value(A)))) {
3082 if (auto *AV = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3083 DoesConsume, Depth))
3084 return Builder ? Builder->CreateTrunc(AV, V->getType()) : NonNull;
3085 return nullptr;
3086 }
3087
3088 // De Morgan's Laws:
3089 // (~(A | B)) -> (~A & ~B)
3090 // (~(A & B)) -> (~A | ~B)
3091 auto TryInvertAndOrUsingDeMorgan = [&](Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode,
3092 bool IsLogical, Value *A,
3093 Value *B) -> Value * {
3094 bool LocalDoesConsume = DoesConsume;
3095 if (!getFreelyInvertedImpl(B, B->hasOneUse(), /*Builder=*/nullptr,
3096 LocalDoesConsume, Depth))
3097 return nullptr;
3098 if (auto *NotA = getFreelyInvertedImpl(A, A->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3099 LocalDoesConsume, Depth)) {
3100 auto *NotB = getFreelyInvertedImpl(B, B->hasOneUse(), Builder,
3101 LocalDoesConsume, Depth);
3102 DoesConsume = LocalDoesConsume;
3103 if (IsLogical)
3104 return Builder ? Builder->CreateLogicalOp(Opcode, NotA, NotB) : NonNull;
3105 return Builder ? Builder->CreateBinOp(Opcode, NotA, NotB) : NonNull;
3106 }
3107
3108 return nullptr;
3109 };
3110
3111 if (match(V, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
3112 return TryInvertAndOrUsingDeMorgan(Instruction::And, /*IsLogical=*/false, A,
3113 B);
3114
3115 if (match(V, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
3116 return TryInvertAndOrUsingDeMorgan(Instruction::Or, /*IsLogical=*/false, A,
3117 B);
3118
3119 if (match(V, m_LogicalOr(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
3120 return TryInvertAndOrUsingDeMorgan(Instruction::And, /*IsLogical=*/true, A,
3121 B);
3122
3123 if (match(V, m_LogicalAnd(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
3124 return TryInvertAndOrUsingDeMorgan(Instruction::Or, /*IsLogical=*/true, A,
3125 B);
3126
3127 return nullptr;
3128}
3129
3130/// Return true if we should canonicalize the gep to an i8 ptradd.
3132 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
3133 Type *GEPEltType = GEP.getSourceElementType();
3134 if (GEPEltType->isIntegerTy(8))
3135 return false;
3136
3137 // Canonicalize scalable GEPs to an explicit offset using the llvm.vscale
3138 // intrinsic. This has better support in BasicAA.
3139 if (GEPEltType->isScalableTy())
3140 return true;
3141
3142 // gep i32 p, mul(O, C) -> gep i8, p, mul(O, C*4) to fold the two multiplies
3143 // together.
3144 if (GEP.getNumIndices() == 1 &&
3145 match(GEP.getOperand(1),
3147 m_Shl(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt())))))
3148 return true;
3149
3150 // gep (gep %p, C1), %x, C2 is expanded so the two constants can
3151 // possibly be merged together.
3152 auto PtrOpGep = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(PtrOp);
3153 return PtrOpGep && PtrOpGep->hasAllConstantIndices() &&
3154 any_of(GEP.indices(), [](Value *V) {
3155 const APInt *C;
3156 return match(V, m_APInt(C)) && !C->isZero();
3157 });
3158}
3159
3161 IRBuilderBase &Builder) {
3162 auto *Op1 = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(PN->getOperand(0));
3163 if (!Op1)
3164 return nullptr;
3165
3166 // Don't fold a GEP into itself through a PHI node. This can only happen
3167 // through the back-edge of a loop. Folding a GEP into itself means that
3168 // the value of the previous iteration needs to be stored in the meantime,
3169 // thus requiring an additional register variable to be live, but not
3170 // actually achieving anything (the GEP still needs to be executed once per
3171 // loop iteration).
3172 if (Op1 == &GEP)
3173 return nullptr;
3174 GEPNoWrapFlags NW = Op1->getNoWrapFlags();
3175
3176 int DI = -1;
3177
3178 for (auto I = PN->op_begin()+1, E = PN->op_end(); I !=E; ++I) {
3179 auto *Op2 = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(*I);
3180 if (!Op2 || Op1->getNumOperands() != Op2->getNumOperands() ||
3181 Op1->getSourceElementType() != Op2->getSourceElementType())
3182 return nullptr;
3183
3184 // As for Op1 above, don't try to fold a GEP into itself.
3185 if (Op2 == &GEP)
3186 return nullptr;
3187
3188 // Keep track of the type as we walk the GEP.
3189 Type *CurTy = nullptr;
3190
3191 for (unsigned J = 0, F = Op1->getNumOperands(); J != F; ++J) {
3192 if (Op1->getOperand(J)->getType() != Op2->getOperand(J)->getType())
3193 return nullptr;
3194
3195 if (Op1->getOperand(J) != Op2->getOperand(J)) {
3196 if (DI == -1) {
3197 // We have not seen any differences yet in the GEPs feeding the
3198 // PHI yet, so we record this one if it is allowed to be a
3199 // variable.
3200
3201 // The first two arguments can vary for any GEP, the rest have to be
3202 // static for struct slots
3203 if (J > 1) {
3204 assert(CurTy && "No current type?");
3205 if (CurTy->isStructTy())
3206 return nullptr;
3207 }
3208
3209 DI = J;
3210 } else {
3211 // The GEP is different by more than one input. While this could be
3212 // extended to support GEPs that vary by more than one variable it
3213 // doesn't make sense since it greatly increases the complexity and
3214 // would result in an R+R+R addressing mode which no backend
3215 // directly supports and would need to be broken into several
3216 // simpler instructions anyway.
3217 return nullptr;
3218 }
3219 }
3220
3221 // Sink down a layer of the type for the next iteration.
3222 if (J > 0) {
3223 if (J == 1) {
3224 CurTy = Op1->getSourceElementType();
3225 } else {
3226 CurTy =
3227 GetElementPtrInst::getTypeAtIndex(CurTy, Op1->getOperand(J));
3228 }
3229 }
3230 }
3231
3232 NW &= Op2->getNoWrapFlags();
3233 }
3234
3235 // If not all GEPs are identical we'll have to create a new PHI node.
3236 // Check that the old PHI node has only one use so that it will get
3237 // removed.
3238 if (DI != -1 && !PN->hasOneUse())
3239 return nullptr;
3240
3241 auto *NewGEP = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Op1->clone());
3242 NewGEP->setNoWrapFlags(NW);
3243
3244 if (DI == -1) {
3245 // All the GEPs feeding the PHI are identical. Clone one down into our
3246 // BB so that it can be merged with the current GEP.
3247 } else {
3248 // All the GEPs feeding the PHI differ at a single offset. Clone a GEP
3249 // into the current block so it can be merged, and create a new PHI to
3250 // set that index.
3251 PHINode *NewPN;
3252 {
3253 IRBuilderBase::InsertPointGuard Guard(Builder);
3254 Builder.SetInsertPoint(PN);
3255 NewPN = Builder.CreatePHI(Op1->getOperand(DI)->getType(),
3256 PN->getNumOperands());
3257 }
3258
3259 for (auto &I : PN->operands())
3260 NewPN->addIncoming(cast<GEPOperator>(I)->getOperand(DI),
3261 PN->getIncomingBlock(I));
3262
3263 NewGEP->setOperand(DI, NewPN);
3264 }
3265
3266 NewGEP->insertBefore(*GEP.getParent(), GEP.getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
3267 return NewGEP;
3268}
3269
3271 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
3272 SmallVector<Value *, 8> Indices(GEP.indices());
3273 Type *GEPType = GEP.getType();
3274 Type *GEPEltType = GEP.getSourceElementType();
3275 if (Value *V =
3276 simplifyGEPInst(GEPEltType, PtrOp, Indices, GEP.getNoWrapFlags(),
3277 SQ.getWithInstruction(&GEP)))
3278 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP, V);
3279
3280 // For vector geps, use the generic demanded vector support.
3281 // Skip if GEP return type is scalable. The number of elements is unknown at
3282 // compile-time.
3283 if (auto *GEPFVTy = dyn_cast<FixedVectorType>(GEPType)) {
3284 auto VWidth = GEPFVTy->getNumElements();
3285 APInt PoisonElts(VWidth, 0);
3286 APInt AllOnesEltMask(APInt::getAllOnes(VWidth));
3287 if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(&GEP, AllOnesEltMask,
3288 PoisonElts)) {
3289 if (V != &GEP)
3290 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP, V);
3291 return &GEP;
3292 }
3293 }
3294
3295 // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices, and replace indices which displace
3296 // by multiples of a zero size type with zero.
3297 bool MadeChange = false;
3298
3299 // Index width may not be the same width as pointer width.
3300 // Data layout chooses the right type based on supported integer types.
3301 Type *NewScalarIndexTy =
3302 DL.getIndexType(GEP.getPointerOperandType()->getScalarType());
3303
3305 for (User::op_iterator I = GEP.op_begin() + 1, E = GEP.op_end(); I != E;
3306 ++I, ++GTI) {
3307 // Skip indices into struct types.
3308 if (GTI.isStruct())
3309 continue;
3310
3311 Type *IndexTy = (*I)->getType();
3312 Type *NewIndexType =
3313 IndexTy->isVectorTy()
3314 ? VectorType::get(NewScalarIndexTy,
3315 cast<VectorType>(IndexTy)->getElementCount())
3316 : NewScalarIndexTy;
3317
3318 // If the element type has zero size then any index over it is equivalent
3319 // to an index of zero, so replace it with zero if it is not zero already.
3320 Type *EltTy = GTI.getIndexedType();
3321 if (EltTy->isSized() && DL.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy).isZero())
3322 if (!isa<Constant>(*I) || !match(I->get(), m_Zero())) {
3323 *I = Constant::getNullValue(NewIndexType);
3324 MadeChange = true;
3325 }
3326
3327 if (IndexTy != NewIndexType) {
3328 // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink
3329 // it to what we need. If narrower, sign-extend it to what we need.
3330 // This explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more obvious.
3331 if (IndexTy->getScalarSizeInBits() <
3332 NewIndexType->getScalarSizeInBits()) {
3333 if (GEP.hasNoUnsignedWrap() && GEP.hasNoUnsignedSignedWrap())
3334 *I = Builder.CreateZExt(*I, NewIndexType, "", /*IsNonNeg=*/true);
3335 else
3336 *I = Builder.CreateSExt(*I, NewIndexType);
3337 } else {
3338 *I = Builder.CreateTrunc(*I, NewIndexType, "", GEP.hasNoUnsignedWrap(),
3339 GEP.hasNoUnsignedSignedWrap());
3340 }
3341 MadeChange = true;
3342 }
3343 }
3344 if (MadeChange)
3345 return &GEP;
3346
3347 // Canonicalize constant GEPs to i8 type.
3348 if (!GEPEltType->isIntegerTy(8) && GEP.hasAllConstantIndices()) {
3349 APInt Offset(DL.getIndexTypeSizeInBits(GEPType), 0);
3350 if (GEP.accumulateConstantOffset(DL, Offset))
3351 return replaceInstUsesWith(
3352 GEP, Builder.CreatePtrAdd(PtrOp, Builder.getInt(Offset), "",
3353 GEP.getNoWrapFlags()));
3354 }
3355
3357 Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP));
3358 Value *NewGEP =
3359 Builder.CreatePtrAdd(PtrOp, Offset, "", GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3360 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP, NewGEP);
3361 }
3362
3363 // Strip trailing zero indices.
3364 auto *LastIdx = dyn_cast<Constant>(Indices.back());
3365 if (LastIdx && LastIdx->isNullValue() && !LastIdx->getType()->isVectorTy()) {
3366 return replaceInstUsesWith(
3367 GEP, Builder.CreateGEP(GEP.getSourceElementType(), PtrOp,
3368 drop_end(Indices), "", GEP.getNoWrapFlags()));
3369 }
3370
3371 // Strip leading zero indices.
3372 auto *FirstIdx = dyn_cast<Constant>(Indices.front());
3373 if (FirstIdx && FirstIdx->isNullValue() &&
3374 !FirstIdx->getType()->isVectorTy()) {
3376 ++GTI;
3377 if (!GTI.isStruct())
3378 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP, Builder.CreateGEP(GTI.getIndexedType(),
3379 GEP.getPointerOperand(),
3380 drop_begin(Indices), "",
3381 GEP.getNoWrapFlags()));
3382 }
3383
3384 // Scalarize vector operands; prefer splat-of-gep.as canonical form.
3385 // Note that this looses information about undef lanes; we run it after
3386 // demanded bits to partially mitigate that loss.
3387 if (GEPType->isVectorTy() && llvm::any_of(GEP.operands(), [](Value *Op) {
3388 return Op->getType()->isVectorTy() && getSplatValue(Op);
3389 })) {
3390 SmallVector<Value *> NewOps;
3391 for (auto &Op : GEP.operands()) {
3392 if (Op->getType()->isVectorTy())
3393 if (Value *Scalar = getSplatValue(Op)) {
3394 NewOps.push_back(Scalar);
3395 continue;
3396 }
3397 NewOps.push_back(Op);
3398 }
3399
3400 Value *Res = Builder.CreateGEP(GEP.getSourceElementType(), NewOps[0],
3401 ArrayRef(NewOps).drop_front(), GEP.getName(),
3402 GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3403 if (!Res->getType()->isVectorTy()) {
3404 ElementCount EC = cast<VectorType>(GEPType)->getElementCount();
3405 Res = Builder.CreateVectorSplat(EC, Res);
3406 }
3407 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP, Res);
3408 }
3409
3410 bool SeenNonZeroIndex = false;
3411 for (auto [IdxNum, Idx] : enumerate(Indices)) {
3412 auto *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Idx);
3413 if (C && C->isNullValue())
3414 continue;
3415
3416 if (!SeenNonZeroIndex) {
3417 SeenNonZeroIndex = true;
3418 continue;
3419 }
3420
3421 // GEP has multiple non-zero indices: Split it.
3422 ArrayRef<Value *> FrontIndices = ArrayRef(Indices).take_front(IdxNum);
3423 Value *FrontGEP =
3424 Builder.CreateGEP(GEPEltType, PtrOp, FrontIndices,
3425 GEP.getName() + ".split", GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3426
3427 SmallVector<Value *> BackIndices;
3428 BackIndices.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(NewScalarIndexTy));
3429 append_range(BackIndices, drop_begin(Indices, IdxNum));
3431 GetElementPtrInst::getIndexedType(GEPEltType, FrontIndices), FrontGEP,
3432 BackIndices, GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3433 }
3434
3435 // Check to see if the inputs to the PHI node are getelementptr instructions.
3436 if (auto *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PtrOp)) {
3437 if (Value *NewPtrOp = foldGEPOfPhi(GEP, PN, Builder))
3438 return replaceOperand(GEP, 0, NewPtrOp);
3439 }
3440
3441 if (auto *Src = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(PtrOp))
3442 if (Instruction *I = visitGEPOfGEP(GEP, Src))
3443 return I;
3444
3445 if (GEP.getNumIndices() == 1) {
3446 unsigned AS = GEP.getPointerAddressSpace();
3447 if (GEP.getOperand(1)->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() ==
3448 DL.getIndexSizeInBits(AS)) {
3449 uint64_t TyAllocSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(GEPEltType).getFixedValue();
3450
3451 if (TyAllocSize == 1) {
3452 // Canonicalize (gep i8* X, (ptrtoint Y)-(ptrtoint X)) to (bitcast Y),
3453 // but only if the result pointer is only used as if it were an integer.
3454 // (The case where the underlying object is the same is handled by
3455 // InstSimplify.)
3456 Value *X = GEP.getPointerOperand();
3457 Value *Y;
3458 if (match(GEP.getOperand(1), m_Sub(m_PtrToIntOrAddr(m_Value(Y)),
3460 GEPType == Y->getType()) {
3461 bool HasNonAddressBits =
3462 DL.getAddressSizeInBits(AS) != DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS);
3463 bool Changed = false;
3464 GEP.replaceUsesWithIf(Y, [&](Use &U) {
3465 bool ShouldReplace =
3466 isa<PtrToAddrInst, ICmpInst>(U.getUser()) ||
3467 (!HasNonAddressBits && isa<PtrToIntInst>(U.getUser()));
3468 Changed |= ShouldReplace;
3469 return ShouldReplace;
3470 });
3471 return Changed ? &GEP : nullptr;
3472 }
3473 } else if (auto *ExactIns =
3474 dyn_cast<PossiblyExactOperator>(GEP.getOperand(1))) {
3475 // Canonicalize (gep T* X, V / sizeof(T)) to (gep i8* X, V)
3476 Value *V;
3477 if (ExactIns->isExact()) {
3478 if ((has_single_bit(TyAllocSize) &&
3479 match(GEP.getOperand(1),
3480 m_Shr(m_Value(V),
3481 m_SpecificInt(countr_zero(TyAllocSize))))) ||
3482 match(GEP.getOperand(1),
3483 m_IDiv(m_Value(V), m_SpecificInt(TyAllocSize)))) {
3484 return GetElementPtrInst::Create(Builder.getInt8Ty(),
3485 GEP.getPointerOperand(), V,
3486 GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3487 }
3488 }
3489 if (ExactIns->isExact() && ExactIns->hasOneUse()) {
3490 // Try to canonicalize non-i8 element type to i8 if the index is an
3491 // exact instruction. If the index is an exact instruction (div/shr)
3492 // with a constant RHS, we can fold the non-i8 element scale into the
3493 // div/shr (similiar to the mul case, just inverted).
3494 const APInt *C;
3495 std::optional<APInt> NewC;
3496 if (has_single_bit(TyAllocSize) &&
3497 match(ExactIns, m_Shr(m_Value(V), m_APInt(C))) &&
3498 C->uge(countr_zero(TyAllocSize)))
3499 NewC = *C - countr_zero(TyAllocSize);
3500 else if (match(ExactIns, m_UDiv(m_Value(V), m_APInt(C)))) {
3501 APInt Quot;
3502 uint64_t Rem;
3503 APInt::udivrem(*C, TyAllocSize, Quot, Rem);
3504 if (Rem == 0)
3505 NewC = Quot;
3506 } else if (match(ExactIns, m_SDiv(m_Value(V), m_APInt(C)))) {
3507 APInt Quot;
3508 int64_t Rem;
3509 APInt::sdivrem(*C, TyAllocSize, Quot, Rem);
3510 // For sdiv we need to make sure we arent creating INT_MIN / -1.
3511 if (!Quot.isAllOnes() && Rem == 0)
3512 NewC = Quot;
3513 }
3514
3515 if (NewC.has_value()) {
3516 Value *NewOp = Builder.CreateBinOp(
3517 static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(ExactIns->getOpcode()), V,
3518 ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), *NewC));
3519 cast<BinaryOperator>(NewOp)->setIsExact();
3520 return GetElementPtrInst::Create(Builder.getInt8Ty(),
3521 GEP.getPointerOperand(), NewOp,
3522 GEP.getNoWrapFlags());
3523 }
3524 }
3525 }
3526 }
3527 }
3528 // We do not handle pointer-vector geps here.
3529 if (GEPType->isVectorTy())
3530 return nullptr;
3531
3532 if (!GEP.isInBounds()) {
3533 unsigned IdxWidth =
3534 DL.getIndexSizeInBits(PtrOp->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace());
3535 APInt BasePtrOffset(IdxWidth, 0);
3536 Value *UnderlyingPtrOp =
3537 PtrOp->stripAndAccumulateInBoundsConstantOffsets(DL, BasePtrOffset);
3538 bool CanBeNull, CanBeFreed;
3539 uint64_t DerefBytes = UnderlyingPtrOp->getPointerDereferenceableBytes(
3540 DL, CanBeNull, CanBeFreed);
3541 if (!CanBeNull && !CanBeFreed && DerefBytes != 0) {
3542 if (GEP.accumulateConstantOffset(DL, BasePtrOffset) &&
3543 BasePtrOffset.isNonNegative()) {
3544 APInt AllocSize(IdxWidth, DerefBytes);
3545 if (BasePtrOffset.ule(AllocSize)) {
3547 GEP.getSourceElementType(), PtrOp, Indices, GEP.getName());
3548 }
3549 }
3550 }
3551 }
3552
3553 // nusw + nneg -> nuw
3554 if (GEP.hasNoUnsignedSignedWrap() && !GEP.hasNoUnsignedWrap() &&
3555 all_of(GEP.indices(), [&](Value *Idx) {
3556 return isKnownNonNegative(Idx, SQ.getWithInstruction(&GEP));
3557 })) {
3558 GEP.setNoWrapFlags(GEP.getNoWrapFlags() | GEPNoWrapFlags::noUnsignedWrap());
3559 return &GEP;
3560 }
3561
3562 // These rewrites are trying to preserve inbounds/nuw attributes. So we want
3563 // to do this after having tried to derive "nuw" above.
3564 if (GEP.getNumIndices() == 1) {
3565 // Given (gep p, x+y) we want to determine the common nowrap flags for both
3566 // geps if transforming into (gep (gep p, x), y).
3567 auto GetPreservedNoWrapFlags = [&](bool AddIsNUW) {
3568 // We can preserve both "inbounds nuw", "nusw nuw" and "nuw" if we know
3569 // that x + y does not have unsigned wrap.
3570 if (GEP.hasNoUnsignedWrap() && AddIsNUW)
3571 return GEP.getNoWrapFlags();
3572 return GEPNoWrapFlags::none();
3573 };
3574
3575 // Try to replace ADD + GEP with GEP + GEP.
3576 Value *Idx1, *Idx2;
3577 if (match(GEP.getOperand(1),
3578 m_OneUse(m_AddLike(m_Value(Idx1), m_Value(Idx2))))) {
3579 // %idx = add i64 %idx1, %idx2
3580 // %gep = getelementptr i32, ptr %ptr, i64 %idx
3581 // as:
3582 // %newptr = getelementptr i32, ptr %ptr, i64 %idx1
3583 // %newgep = getelementptr i32, ptr %newptr, i64 %idx2
3584 bool NUW = match(GEP.getOperand(1), m_NUWAddLike(m_Value(), m_Value()));
3585 GEPNoWrapFlags NWFlags = GetPreservedNoWrapFlags(NUW);
3586 auto *NewPtr =
3587 Builder.CreateGEP(GEP.getSourceElementType(), GEP.getPointerOperand(),
3588 Idx1, "", NWFlags);
3589 return replaceInstUsesWith(GEP,
3590 Builder.CreateGEP(GEP.getSourceElementType(),
3591 NewPtr, Idx2, "", NWFlags));
3592 }
3593 ConstantInt *C;
3594 if (match(GEP.getOperand(1), m_OneUse(m_SExtLike(m_OneUse(m_NSWAddLike(
3595 m_Value(Idx1), m_ConstantInt(C))))))) {
3596 // %add = add nsw i32 %idx1, idx2
3597 // %sidx = sext i32 %add to i64
3598 // %gep = getelementptr i32, ptr %ptr, i64 %sidx
3599 // as:
3600 // %newptr = getelementptr i32, ptr %ptr, i32 %idx1
3601 // %newgep = getelementptr i32, ptr %newptr, i32 idx2
3602 bool NUW = match(GEP.getOperand(1),
3604 GEPNoWrapFlags NWFlags = GetPreservedNoWrapFlags(NUW);
3605 auto *NewPtr = Builder.CreateGEP(
3606 GEP.getSourceElementType(), GEP.getPointerOperand(),
3607 Builder.CreateSExt(Idx1, GEP.getOperand(1)->getType()), "", NWFlags);
3608 return replaceInstUsesWith(
3609 GEP,
3610 Builder.CreateGEP(GEP.getSourceElementType(), NewPtr,
3611 Builder.CreateSExt(C, GEP.getOperand(1)->getType()),
3612 "", NWFlags));
3613 }
3614 }
3615
3617 return R;
3618
3619 return nullptr;
3620}
3621
3623 Instruction *AI) {
3625 return true;
3626 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V))
3627 return isa<GlobalVariable>(LI->getPointerOperand());
3628 // Two distinct allocations will never be equal.
3629 return isAllocLikeFn(V, &TLI) && V != AI;
3630}
3631
3632/// Given a call CB which uses an address UsedV, return true if we can prove the
3633/// call's only possible effect is storing to V.
3634static bool isRemovableWrite(CallBase &CB, Value *UsedV,
3635 const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI) {
3636 if (!CB.use_empty())
3637 // TODO: add recursion if returned attribute is present
3638 return false;
3639
3640 if (CB.isTerminator())
3641 // TODO: remove implementation restriction
3642 return false;
3643
3644 if (!CB.willReturn() || !CB.doesNotThrow())
3645 return false;
3646
3647 // If the only possible side effect of the call is writing to the alloca,
3648 // and the result isn't used, we can safely remove any reads implied by the
3649 // call including those which might read the alloca itself.
3650 std::optional<MemoryLocation> Dest = MemoryLocation::getForDest(&CB, TLI);
3651 return Dest && Dest->Ptr == UsedV;
3652}
3653
3654static std::optional<ModRefInfo>
3656 const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI, bool KnowInit) {
3658 const std::optional<StringRef> Family = getAllocationFamily(AI, &TLI);
3659 Worklist.push_back(AI);
3661
3662 do {
3663 Instruction *PI = Worklist.pop_back_val();
3664 for (User *U : PI->users()) {
3666 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3667 default:
3668 // Give up the moment we see something we can't handle.
3669 return std::nullopt;
3670
3671 case Instruction::AddrSpaceCast:
3672 case Instruction::BitCast:
3673 case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
3674 Users.emplace_back(I);
3675 Worklist.push_back(I);
3676 continue;
3677
3678 case Instruction::ICmp: {
3679 ICmpInst *ICI = cast<ICmpInst>(I);
3680 // We can fold eq/ne comparisons with null to false/true, respectively.
3681 // We also fold comparisons in some conditions provided the alloc has
3682 // not escaped (see isNeverEqualToUnescapedAlloc).
3683 if (!ICI->isEquality())
3684 return std::nullopt;
3685 unsigned OtherIndex = (ICI->getOperand(0) == PI) ? 1 : 0;
3686 if (!isNeverEqualToUnescapedAlloc(ICI->getOperand(OtherIndex), TLI, AI))
3687 return std::nullopt;
3688
3689 // Do not fold compares to aligned_alloc calls, as they may have to
3690 // return null in case the required alignment cannot be satisfied,
3691 // unless we can prove that both alignment and size are valid.
3692 auto AlignmentAndSizeKnownValid = [](CallBase *CB) {
3693 // Check if alignment and size of a call to aligned_alloc is valid,
3694 // that is alignment is a power-of-2 and the size is a multiple of the
3695 // alignment.
3696 const APInt *Alignment;
3697 const APInt *Size;
3698 return match(CB->getArgOperand(0), m_APInt(Alignment)) &&
3699 match(CB->getArgOperand(1), m_APInt(Size)) &&
3700 Alignment->isPowerOf2() && Size->urem(*Alignment).isZero();
3701 };
3702 auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(AI);
3703 LibFunc TheLibFunc;
3704 if (CB && TLI.getLibFunc(*CB->getCalledFunction(), TheLibFunc) &&
3705 TLI.has(TheLibFunc) && TheLibFunc == LibFunc_aligned_alloc &&
3706 !AlignmentAndSizeKnownValid(CB))
3707 return std::nullopt;
3708 Users.emplace_back(I);
3709 continue;
3710 }
3711
3712 case Instruction::Call:
3713 // Ignore no-op and store intrinsics.
3715 switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
3716 default:
3717 return std::nullopt;
3718
3719 case Intrinsic::memmove:
3720 case Intrinsic::memcpy:
3721 case Intrinsic::memset: {
3723 if (MI->isVolatile())
3724 return std::nullopt;
3725 // Note: this could also be ModRef, but we can still interpret that
3726 // as just Mod in that case.
3727 ModRefInfo NewAccess =
3728 MI->getRawDest() == PI ? ModRefInfo::Mod : ModRefInfo::Ref;
3729 if ((Access & ~NewAccess) != ModRefInfo::NoModRef)
3730 return std::nullopt;
3731 Access |= NewAccess;
3732 [[fallthrough]];
3733 }
3734 case Intrinsic::assume:
3735 case Intrinsic::invariant_start:
3736 case Intrinsic::invariant_end:
3737 case Intrinsic::lifetime_start:
3738 case Intrinsic::lifetime_end:
3739 case Intrinsic::objectsize:
3740 Users.emplace_back(I);
3741 continue;
3742 case Intrinsic::launder_invariant_group:
3743 case Intrinsic::strip_invariant_group:
3744 Users.emplace_back(I);
3745 Worklist.push_back(I);
3746 continue;
3747 }
3748 }
3749
3750 if (Family && getFreedOperand(cast<CallBase>(I), &TLI) == PI &&
3751 getAllocationFamily(I, &TLI) == Family) {
3752 Users.emplace_back(I);
3753 continue;
3754 }
3755
3756 if (Family && getReallocatedOperand(cast<CallBase>(I)) == PI &&
3757 getAllocationFamily(I, &TLI) == Family) {
3758 Users.emplace_back(I);
3759 Worklist.push_back(I);
3760 continue;
3761 }
3762
3763 if (!isRefSet(Access) &&
3764 isRemovableWrite(*cast<CallBase>(I), PI, TLI)) {
3766 Users.emplace_back(I);
3767 continue;
3768 }
3769
3770 return std::nullopt;
3771
3772 case Instruction::Store: {
3774 if (SI->isVolatile() || SI->getPointerOperand() != PI)
3775 return std::nullopt;
3776 if (isRefSet(Access))
3777 return std::nullopt;
3779 Users.emplace_back(I);
3780 continue;
3781 }
3782
3783 case Instruction::Load: {
3784 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(I);
3785 if (LI->isVolatile() || LI->getPointerOperand() != PI)
3786 return std::nullopt;
3787 if (isModSet(Access))
3788 return std::nullopt;
3790 Users.emplace_back(I);
3791 continue;
3792 }
3793 }
3794 llvm_unreachable("missing a return?");
3795 }
3796 } while (!Worklist.empty());
3797
3799 return Access;
3800}
3801
3804
3805 // If we have a malloc call which is only used in any amount of comparisons to
3806 // null and free calls, delete the calls and replace the comparisons with true
3807 // or false as appropriate.
3808
3809 // This is based on the principle that we can substitute our own allocation
3810 // function (which will never return null) rather than knowledge of the
3811 // specific function being called. In some sense this can change the permitted
3812 // outputs of a program (when we convert a malloc to an alloca, the fact that
3813 // the allocation is now on the stack is potentially visible, for example),
3814 // but we believe in a permissible manner.
3816
3817 // If we are removing an alloca with a dbg.declare, insert dbg.value calls
3818 // before each store.
3820 std::unique_ptr<DIBuilder> DIB;
3821 if (isa<AllocaInst>(MI)) {
3822 findDbgUsers(&MI, DVRs);
3823 DIB.reset(new DIBuilder(*MI.getModule(), /*AllowUnresolved=*/false));
3824 }
3825
3826 // Determine what getInitialValueOfAllocation would return without actually
3827 // allocating the result.
3828 bool KnowInitUndef = false;
3829 bool KnowInitZero = false;
3830 Constant *Init =
3832 if (Init) {
3833 if (isa<UndefValue>(Init))
3834 KnowInitUndef = true;
3835 else if (Init->isNullValue())
3836 KnowInitZero = true;
3837 }
3838 // The various sanitizers don't actually return undef memory, but rather
3839 // memory initialized with special forms of runtime poison
3840 auto &F = *MI.getFunction();
3841 if (F.hasFnAttribute(Attribute::SanitizeMemory) ||
3842 F.hasFnAttribute(Attribute::SanitizeAddress))
3843 KnowInitUndef = false;
3844
3845 auto Removable =
3846 isAllocSiteRemovable(&MI, Users, TLI, KnowInitZero | KnowInitUndef);
3847 if (Removable) {
3848 for (WeakTrackingVH &User : Users) {
3849 // Lowering all @llvm.objectsize and MTI calls first because they may use
3850 // a bitcast/GEP of the alloca we are removing.
3851 if (!User)
3852 continue;
3853
3855
3857 if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::objectsize) {
3858 SmallVector<Instruction *> InsertedInstructions;
3859 Value *Result = lowerObjectSizeCall(
3860 II, DL, &TLI, AA, /*MustSucceed=*/true, &InsertedInstructions);
3861 for (Instruction *Inserted : InsertedInstructions)
3862 Worklist.add(Inserted);
3863 replaceInstUsesWith(*I, Result);
3865 User = nullptr; // Skip examining in the next loop.
3866 continue;
3867 }
3868 if (auto *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(I)) {
3869 if (KnowInitZero && isRefSet(*Removable)) {
3871 Builder.SetInsertPoint(MTI);
3872 auto *M = Builder.CreateMemSet(
3873 MTI->getRawDest(),
3874 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt8Ty(MI.getContext()), 0),
3875 MTI->getLength(), MTI->getDestAlign());
3876 M->copyMetadata(*MTI);
3877 }
3878 }
3879 }
3880 }
3881 for (WeakTrackingVH &User : Users) {
3882 if (!User)
3883 continue;
3884
3886
3887 if (ICmpInst *C = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I)) {
3889 ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt1Ty(C->getContext()),
3890 C->isFalseWhenEqual()));
3891 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
3892 for (auto *DVR : DVRs)
3893 if (DVR->isAddressOfVariable())
3895 } else {
3896 // Casts, GEP, or anything else: we're about to delete this instruction,
3897 // so it can not have any valid uses.
3898 Constant *Replace;
3899 if (isa<LoadInst>(I)) {
3900 assert(KnowInitZero || KnowInitUndef);
3901 Replace = KnowInitUndef ? UndefValue::get(I->getType())
3902 : Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
3903 } else
3904 Replace = PoisonValue::get(I->getType());
3905 replaceInstUsesWith(*I, Replace);
3906 }
3908 }
3909
3911 // Replace invoke with a NOP intrinsic to maintain the original CFG
3912 Module *M = II->getModule();
3913 Function *F = Intrinsic::getOrInsertDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::donothing);
3914 auto *NewII = InvokeInst::Create(
3915 F, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(), {}, "", II->getParent());
3916 NewII->setDebugLoc(II->getDebugLoc());
3917 }
3918
3919 // Remove debug intrinsics which describe the value contained within the
3920 // alloca. In addition to removing dbg.{declare,addr} which simply point to
3921 // the alloca, remove dbg.value(<alloca>, ..., DW_OP_deref)'s as well, e.g.:
3922 //
3923 // ```
3924 // define void @foo(i32 %0) {
3925 // %a = alloca i32 ; Deleted.
3926 // store i32 %0, i32* %a
3927 // dbg.value(i32 %0, "arg0") ; Not deleted.
3928 // dbg.value(i32* %a, "arg0", DW_OP_deref) ; Deleted.
3929 // call void @trivially_inlinable_no_op(i32* %a)
3930 // ret void
3931 // }
3932 // ```
3933 //
3934 // This may not be required if we stop describing the contents of allocas
3935 // using dbg.value(<alloca>, ..., DW_OP_deref), but we currently do this in
3936 // the LowerDbgDeclare utility.
3937 //
3938 // If there is a dead store to `%a` in @trivially_inlinable_no_op, the
3939 // "arg0" dbg.value may be stale after the call. However, failing to remove
3940 // the DW_OP_deref dbg.value causes large gaps in location coverage.
3941 //
3942 // FIXME: the Assignment Tracking project has now likely made this
3943 // redundant (and it's sometimes harmful).
3944 for (auto *DVR : DVRs)
3945 if (DVR->isAddressOfVariable() || DVR->getExpression()->startsWithDeref())
3946 DVR->eraseFromParent();
3947
3948 return eraseInstFromFunction(MI);
3949 }
3950 return nullptr;
3951}
3952
3953/// Move the call to free before a NULL test.
3954///
3955/// Check if this free is accessed after its argument has been test
3956/// against NULL (property 0).
3957/// If yes, it is legal to move this call in its predecessor block.
3958///
3959/// The move is performed only if the block containing the call to free
3960/// will be removed, i.e.:
3961/// 1. it has only one predecessor P, and P has two successors
3962/// 2. it contains the call, noops, and an unconditional branch
3963/// 3. its successor is the same as its predecessor's successor
3964///
3965/// The profitability is out-of concern here and this function should
3966/// be called only if the caller knows this transformation would be
3967/// profitable (e.g., for code size).
3969 const DataLayout &DL) {
3970 Value *Op = FI.getArgOperand(0);
3971 BasicBlock *FreeInstrBB = FI.getParent();
3972 BasicBlock *PredBB = FreeInstrBB->getSinglePredecessor();
3973
3974 // Validate part of constraint #1: Only one predecessor
3975 // FIXME: We can extend the number of predecessor, but in that case, we
3976 // would duplicate the call to free in each predecessor and it may
3977 // not be profitable even for code size.
3978 if (!PredBB)
3979 return nullptr;
3980
3981 // Validate constraint #2: Does this block contains only the call to
3982 // free, noops, and an unconditional branch?
3983 BasicBlock *SuccBB;
3984 Instruction *FreeInstrBBTerminator = FreeInstrBB->getTerminator();
3985 if (!match(FreeInstrBBTerminator, m_UnconditionalBr(SuccBB)))
3986 return nullptr;
3987
3988 // If there are only 2 instructions in the block, at this point,
3989 // this is the call to free and unconditional.
3990 // If there are more than 2 instructions, check that they are noops
3991 // i.e., they won't hurt the performance of the generated code.
3992 if (FreeInstrBB->size() != 2) {
3993 for (const Instruction &Inst : FreeInstrBB->instructionsWithoutDebug()) {
3994 if (&Inst == &FI || &Inst == FreeInstrBBTerminator)
3995 continue;
3996 auto *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(&Inst);
3997 if (!Cast || !Cast->isNoopCast(DL))
3998 return nullptr;
3999 }
4000 }
4001 // Validate the rest of constraint #1 by matching on the pred branch.
4002 Instruction *TI = PredBB->getTerminator();
4003 BasicBlock *TrueBB, *FalseBB;
4004 CmpPredicate Pred;
4005 if (!match(TI, m_Br(m_ICmp(Pred,
4007 m_Specific(Op->stripPointerCasts())),
4008 m_Zero()),
4009 TrueBB, FalseBB)))
4010 return nullptr;
4011 if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
4012 return nullptr;
4013
4014 // Validate constraint #3: Ensure the null case just falls through.
4015 if (SuccBB != (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ ? TrueBB : FalseBB))
4016 return nullptr;
4017 assert(FreeInstrBB == (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ ? FalseBB : TrueBB) &&
4018 "Broken CFG: missing edge from predecessor to successor");
4019
4020 // At this point, we know that everything in FreeInstrBB can be moved
4021 // before TI.
4022 for (Instruction &Instr : llvm::make_early_inc_range(*FreeInstrBB)) {
4023 if (&Instr == FreeInstrBBTerminator)
4024 break;
4025 Instr.moveBeforePreserving(TI->getIterator());
4026 }
4027 assert(FreeInstrBB->size() == 1 &&
4028 "Only the branch instruction should remain");
4029
4030 // Now that we've moved the call to free before the NULL check, we have to
4031 // remove any attributes on its parameter that imply it's non-null, because
4032 // those attributes might have only been valid because of the NULL check, and
4033 // we can get miscompiles if we keep them. This is conservative if non-null is
4034 // also implied by something other than the NULL check, but it's guaranteed to
4035 // be correct, and the conservativeness won't matter in practice, since the
4036 // attributes are irrelevant for the call to free itself and the pointer
4037 // shouldn't be used after the call.
4038 AttributeList Attrs = FI.getAttributes();
4039 Attrs = Attrs.removeParamAttribute(FI.getContext(), 0, Attribute::NonNull);
4040 Attribute Dereferenceable = Attrs.getParamAttr(0, Attribute::Dereferenceable);
4041 if (Dereferenceable.isValid()) {
4042 uint64_t Bytes = Dereferenceable.getDereferenceableBytes();
4043 Attrs = Attrs.removeParamAttribute(FI.getContext(), 0,
4044 Attribute::Dereferenceable);
4045 Attrs = Attrs.addDereferenceableOrNullParamAttr(FI.getContext(), 0, Bytes);
4046 }
4047 FI.setAttributes(Attrs);
4048
4049 return &FI;
4050}
4051
4053 // free undef -> unreachable.
4054 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
4055 // Leave a marker since we can't modify the CFG here.
4057 return eraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4058 }
4059
4060 // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
4061 // when lots of inlining happens.
4063 return eraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4064
4065 // If we had free(realloc(...)) with no intervening uses, then eliminate the
4066 // realloc() entirely.
4068 if (CI && CI->hasOneUse())
4069 if (Value *ReallocatedOp = getReallocatedOperand(CI))
4070 return eraseInstFromFunction(*replaceInstUsesWith(*CI, ReallocatedOp));
4071
4072 // If we optimize for code size, try to move the call to free before the null
4073 // test so that simplify cfg can remove the empty block and dead code
4074 // elimination the branch. I.e., helps to turn something like:
4075 // if (foo) free(foo);
4076 // into
4077 // free(foo);
4078 //
4079 // Note that we can only do this for 'free' and not for any flavor of
4080 // 'operator delete'; there is no 'operator delete' symbol for which we are
4081 // permitted to invent a call, even if we're passing in a null pointer.
4082 if (MinimizeSize) {
4083 LibFunc Func;
4084 if (TLI.getLibFunc(FI, Func) && TLI.has(Func) && Func == LibFunc_free)
4086 return I;
4087 }
4088
4089 return nullptr;
4090}
4091
4093 Value *RetVal = RI.getReturnValue();
4094 if (!RetVal)
4095 return nullptr;
4096
4097 Function *F = RI.getFunction();
4098 Type *RetTy = RetVal->getType();
4099 if (RetTy->isPointerTy()) {
4100 bool HasDereferenceable =
4101 F->getAttributes().getRetDereferenceableBytes() > 0;
4102 if (F->hasRetAttribute(Attribute::NonNull) ||
4103 (HasDereferenceable &&
4105 if (Value *V = simplifyNonNullOperand(RetVal, HasDereferenceable))
4106 return replaceOperand(RI, 0, V);
4107 }
4108 }
4109
4110 if (!AttributeFuncs::isNoFPClassCompatibleType(RetTy))
4111 return nullptr;
4112
4113 FPClassTest ReturnClass = F->getAttributes().getRetNoFPClass();
4114 if (ReturnClass == fcNone)
4115 return nullptr;
4116
4117 KnownFPClass KnownClass;
4118 if (SimplifyDemandedFPClass(&RI, 0, ~ReturnClass, KnownClass))
4119 return &RI;
4120
4121 return nullptr;
4122}
4123
4124// WARNING: keep in sync with SimplifyCFGOpt::simplifyUnreachable()!
4126 // Try to remove the previous instruction if it must lead to unreachable.
4127 // This includes instructions like stores and "llvm.assume" that may not get
4128 // removed by simple dead code elimination.
4129 bool Changed = false;
4130 while (Instruction *Prev = I.getPrevNode()) {
4131 // While we theoretically can erase EH, that would result in a block that
4132 // used to start with an EH no longer starting with EH, which is invalid.
4133 // To make it valid, we'd need to fixup predecessors to no longer refer to
4134 // this block, but that changes CFG, which is not allowed in InstCombine.
4135 if (Prev->isEHPad())
4136 break; // Can not drop any more instructions. We're done here.
4137
4139 break; // Can not drop any more instructions. We're done here.
4140 // Otherwise, this instruction can be freely erased,
4141 // even if it is not side-effect free.
4142
4143 // A value may still have uses before we process it here (for example, in
4144 // another unreachable block), so convert those to poison.
4145 replaceInstUsesWith(*Prev, PoisonValue::get(Prev->getType()));
4146 eraseInstFromFunction(*Prev);
4147 Changed = true;
4148 }
4149 return Changed;
4150}
4151
4156
4158 assert(BI.isUnconditional() && "Only for unconditional branches.");
4159
4160 // If this store is the second-to-last instruction in the basic block
4161 // (excluding debug info) and if the block ends with
4162 // an unconditional branch, try to move the store to the successor block.
4163
4164 auto GetLastSinkableStore = [](BasicBlock::iterator BBI) {
4165 BasicBlock::iterator FirstInstr = BBI->getParent()->begin();
4166 do {
4167 if (BBI != FirstInstr)
4168 --BBI;
4169 } while (BBI != FirstInstr && BBI->isDebugOrPseudoInst());
4170
4171 return dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI);
4172 };
4173
4174 if (StoreInst *SI = GetLastSinkableStore(BasicBlock::iterator(BI)))
4176 return &BI;
4177
4178 return nullptr;
4179}
4180
4183 if (!DeadEdges.insert({From, To}).second)
4184 return;
4185
4186 // Replace phi node operands in successor with poison.
4187 for (PHINode &PN : To->phis())
4188 for (Use &U : PN.incoming_values())
4189 if (PN.getIncomingBlock(U) == From && !isa<PoisonValue>(U)) {
4190 replaceUse(U, PoisonValue::get(PN.getType()));
4191 addToWorklist(&PN);
4192 MadeIRChange = true;
4193 }
4194
4195 Worklist.push_back(To);
4196}
4197
4198// Under the assumption that I is unreachable, remove it and following
4199// instructions. Changes are reported directly to MadeIRChange.
4202 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
4203 for (Instruction &Inst : make_early_inc_range(
4204 make_range(std::next(BB->getTerminator()->getReverseIterator()),
4205 std::next(I->getReverseIterator())))) {
4206 if (!Inst.use_empty() && !Inst.getType()->isTokenTy()) {
4207 replaceInstUsesWith(Inst, PoisonValue::get(Inst.getType()));
4208 MadeIRChange = true;
4209 }
4210 if (Inst.isEHPad() || Inst.getType()->isTokenTy())
4211 continue;
4212 // RemoveDIs: erase debug-info on this instruction manually.
4213 Inst.dropDbgRecords();
4215 MadeIRChange = true;
4216 }
4217
4220 MadeIRChange = true;
4221 for (Value *V : Changed)
4223 }
4224
4225 // Handle potentially dead successors.
4226 for (BasicBlock *Succ : successors(BB))
4227 addDeadEdge(BB, Succ, Worklist);
4228}
4229
4232 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4233 BasicBlock *BB = Worklist.pop_back_val();
4234 if (!all_of(predecessors(BB), [&](BasicBlock *Pred) {
4235 return DeadEdges.contains({Pred, BB}) || DT.dominates(BB, Pred);
4236 }))
4237 continue;
4238
4240 }
4241}
4242
4244 BasicBlock *LiveSucc) {
4246 for (BasicBlock *Succ : successors(BB)) {
4247 // The live successor isn't dead.
4248 if (Succ == LiveSucc)
4249 continue;
4250
4251 addDeadEdge(BB, Succ, Worklist);
4252 }
4253
4255}
4256
4258 if (BI.isUnconditional())
4260
4261 // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
4262 Value *Cond = BI.getCondition();
4263 Value *X;
4264 if (match(Cond, m_Not(m_Value(X))) && !isa<Constant>(X)) {
4265 // Swap Destinations and condition...
4266 BI.swapSuccessors();
4267 if (BPI)
4268 BPI->swapSuccEdgesProbabilities(BI.getParent());
4269 return replaceOperand(BI, 0, X);
4270 }
4271
4272 // Canonicalize logical-and-with-invert as logical-or-with-invert.
4273 // This is done by inverting the condition and swapping successors:
4274 // br (X && !Y), T, F --> br !(X && !Y), F, T --> br (!X || Y), F, T
4275 Value *Y;
4276 if (isa<SelectInst>(Cond) &&
4277 match(Cond,
4279 Value *NotX = Builder.CreateNot(X, "not." + X->getName());
4280 Value *Or = Builder.CreateLogicalOr(NotX, Y);
4281 BI.swapSuccessors();
4282 if (BPI)
4283 BPI->swapSuccEdgesProbabilities(BI.getParent());
4284 return replaceOperand(BI, 0, Or);
4285 }
4286
4287 // If the condition is irrelevant, remove the use so that other
4288 // transforms on the condition become more effective.
4289 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Cond) && BI.getSuccessor(0) == BI.getSuccessor(1))
4290 return replaceOperand(BI, 0, ConstantInt::getFalse(Cond->getType()));
4291
4292 // Canonicalize, for example, fcmp_one -> fcmp_oeq.
4293 CmpPredicate Pred;
4294 if (match(Cond, m_OneUse(m_FCmp(Pred, m_Value(), m_Value()))) &&
4295 !isCanonicalPredicate(Pred)) {
4296 // Swap destinations and condition.
4297 auto *Cmp = cast<CmpInst>(Cond);
4298 Cmp->setPredicate(CmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred));
4299 BI.swapSuccessors();
4300 if (BPI)
4301 BPI->swapSuccEdgesProbabilities(BI.getParent());
4302 Worklist.push(Cmp);
4303 return &BI;
4304 }
4305
4306 if (isa<UndefValue>(Cond)) {
4307 handlePotentiallyDeadSuccessors(BI.getParent(), /*LiveSucc*/ nullptr);
4308 return nullptr;
4309 }
4310 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond)) {
4312 BI.getSuccessor(!CI->getZExtValue()));
4313 return nullptr;
4314 }
4315
4316 // Replace all dominated uses of the condition with true/false
4317 // Ignore constant expressions to avoid iterating over uses on other
4318 // functions.
4319 if (!isa<Constant>(Cond) && BI.getSuccessor(0) != BI.getSuccessor(1)) {
4320 for (auto &U : make_early_inc_range(Cond->uses())) {
4321 BasicBlockEdge Edge0(BI.getParent(), BI.getSuccessor(0));
4322 if (DT.dominates(Edge0, U)) {
4323 replaceUse(U, ConstantInt::getTrue(Cond->getType()));
4324 addToWorklist(cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()));
4325 continue;
4326 }
4327 BasicBlockEdge Edge1(BI.getParent(), BI.getSuccessor(1));
4328 if (DT.dominates(Edge1, U)) {
4329 replaceUse(U, ConstantInt::getFalse(Cond->getType()));
4330 addToWorklist(cast<Instruction>(U.getUser()));
4331 }
4332 }
4333 }
4334
4335 DC.registerBranch(&BI);
4336 return nullptr;
4337}
4338
4339// Replaces (switch (select cond, X, C)/(select cond, C, X)) with (switch X) if
4340// we can prove that both (switch C) and (switch X) go to the default when cond
4341// is false/true.
4344 bool IsTrueArm) {
4345 unsigned CstOpIdx = IsTrueArm ? 1 : 2;
4346 auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Select->getOperand(CstOpIdx));
4347 if (!C)
4348 return nullptr;
4349
4350 BasicBlock *CstBB = SI.findCaseValue(C)->getCaseSuccessor();
4351 if (CstBB != SI.getDefaultDest())
4352 return nullptr;
4353 Value *X = Select->getOperand(3 - CstOpIdx);
4354 CmpPredicate Pred;
4355 const APInt *RHSC;
4356 if (!match(Select->getCondition(),
4357 m_ICmp(Pred, m_Specific(X), m_APInt(RHSC))))
4358 return nullptr;
4359 if (IsTrueArm)
4360 Pred = ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred);
4361
4362 // See whether we can replace the select with X
4364 for (auto Case : SI.cases())
4365 if (!CR.contains(Case.getCaseValue()->getValue()))
4366 return nullptr;
4367
4368 return X;
4369}
4370
4372 Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
4373 Value *Op0;
4374 const APInt *CondOpC;
4375 using InvertFn = std::function<APInt(const APInt &Case, const APInt &C)>;
4376
4377 auto MaybeInvertible = [&](Value *Cond) -> InvertFn {
4378 if (match(Cond, m_Add(m_Value(Op0), m_APInt(CondOpC))))
4379 // Change 'switch (X+C) case Case:' into 'switch (X) case Case-C'.
4380 return [](const APInt &Case, const APInt &C) { return Case - C; };
4381
4382 if (match(Cond, m_Sub(m_APInt(CondOpC), m_Value(Op0))))
4383 // Change 'switch (C-X) case Case:' into 'switch (X) case C-Case'.
4384 return [](const APInt &Case, const APInt &C) { return C - Case; };
4385
4386 if (match(Cond, m_Xor(m_Value(Op0), m_APInt(CondOpC))) &&
4387 !CondOpC->isMinSignedValue() && !CondOpC->isMaxSignedValue())
4388 // Change 'switch (X^C) case Case:' into 'switch (X) case Case^C'.
4389 // Prevent creation of large case values by excluding extremes.
4390 return [](const APInt &Case, const APInt &C) { return Case ^ C; };
4391
4392 return nullptr;
4393 };
4394
4395 // Attempt to invert and simplify the switch condition, as long as the
4396 // condition is not used further, as it may not be profitable otherwise.
4397 if (auto InvertFn = MaybeInvertible(Cond); InvertFn && Cond->hasOneUse()) {
4398 for (auto &Case : SI.cases()) {
4399 const APInt &New = InvertFn(Case.getCaseValue()->getValue(), *CondOpC);
4400 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(SI.getContext(), New));
4401 }
4402 return replaceOperand(SI, 0, Op0);
4403 }
4404
4405 uint64_t ShiftAmt;
4406 if (match(Cond, m_Shl(m_Value(Op0), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))) &&
4407 ShiftAmt < Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() &&
4408 all_of(SI.cases(), [&](const auto &Case) {
4409 return Case.getCaseValue()->getValue().countr_zero() >= ShiftAmt;
4410 })) {
4411 // Change 'switch (X << 2) case 4:' into 'switch (X) case 1:'.
4413 if (Shl->hasNoUnsignedWrap() || Shl->hasNoSignedWrap() ||
4414 Shl->hasOneUse()) {
4415 Value *NewCond = Op0;
4416 if (!Shl->hasNoUnsignedWrap() && !Shl->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
4417 // If the shift may wrap, we need to mask off the shifted bits.
4418 unsigned BitWidth = Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
4419 NewCond = Builder.CreateAnd(
4420 Op0, APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - ShiftAmt));
4421 }
4422 for (auto Case : SI.cases()) {
4423 const APInt &CaseVal = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue();
4424 APInt ShiftedCase = Shl->hasNoSignedWrap() ? CaseVal.ashr(ShiftAmt)
4425 : CaseVal.lshr(ShiftAmt);
4426 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(SI.getContext(), ShiftedCase));
4427 }
4428 return replaceOperand(SI, 0, NewCond);
4429 }
4430 }
4431
4432 // Fold switch(zext/sext(X)) into switch(X) if possible.
4433 if (match(Cond, m_ZExtOrSExt(m_Value(Op0)))) {
4434 bool IsZExt = isa<ZExtInst>(Cond);
4435 Type *SrcTy = Op0->getType();
4436 unsigned NewWidth = SrcTy->getScalarSizeInBits();
4437
4438 if (all_of(SI.cases(), [&](const auto &Case) {
4439 const APInt &CaseVal = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue();
4440 return IsZExt ? CaseVal.isIntN(NewWidth)
4441 : CaseVal.isSignedIntN(NewWidth);
4442 })) {
4443 for (auto &Case : SI.cases()) {
4444 APInt TruncatedCase = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue().trunc(NewWidth);
4445 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(SI.getContext(), TruncatedCase));
4446 }
4447 return replaceOperand(SI, 0, Op0);
4448 }
4449 }
4450
4451 // Fold switch(select cond, X, Y) into switch(X/Y) if possible
4452 if (auto *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Cond)) {
4453 if (Value *V =
4454 simplifySwitchOnSelectUsingRanges(SI, Select, /*IsTrueArm=*/true))
4455 return replaceOperand(SI, 0, V);
4456 if (Value *V =
4457 simplifySwitchOnSelectUsingRanges(SI, Select, /*IsTrueArm=*/false))
4458 return replaceOperand(SI, 0, V);
4459 }
4460
4461 KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(Cond, &SI);
4462 unsigned LeadingKnownZeros = Known.countMinLeadingZeros();
4463 unsigned LeadingKnownOnes = Known.countMinLeadingOnes();
4464
4465 // Compute the number of leading bits we can ignore.
4466 // TODO: A better way to determine this would use ComputeNumSignBits().
4467 for (const auto &C : SI.cases()) {
4468 LeadingKnownZeros =
4469 std::min(LeadingKnownZeros, C.getCaseValue()->getValue().countl_zero());
4470 LeadingKnownOnes =
4471 std::min(LeadingKnownOnes, C.getCaseValue()->getValue().countl_one());
4472 }
4473
4474 unsigned NewWidth = Known.getBitWidth() - std::max(LeadingKnownZeros, LeadingKnownOnes);
4475
4476 // Shrink the condition operand if the new type is smaller than the old type.
4477 // But do not shrink to a non-standard type, because backend can't generate
4478 // good code for that yet.
4479 // TODO: We can make it aggressive again after fixing PR39569.
4480 if (NewWidth > 0 && NewWidth < Known.getBitWidth() &&
4481 shouldChangeType(Known.getBitWidth(), NewWidth)) {
4482 IntegerType *Ty = IntegerType::get(SI.getContext(), NewWidth);
4483 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&SI);
4484 Value *NewCond = Builder.CreateTrunc(Cond, Ty, "trunc");
4485
4486 for (auto Case : SI.cases()) {
4487 APInt TruncatedCase = Case.getCaseValue()->getValue().trunc(NewWidth);
4488 Case.setValue(ConstantInt::get(SI.getContext(), TruncatedCase));
4489 }
4490 return replaceOperand(SI, 0, NewCond);
4491 }
4492
4493 if (isa<UndefValue>(Cond)) {
4494 handlePotentiallyDeadSuccessors(SI.getParent(), /*LiveSucc*/ nullptr);
4495 return nullptr;
4496 }
4497 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond)) {
4499 SI.findCaseValue(CI)->getCaseSuccessor());
4500 return nullptr;
4501 }
4502
4503 return nullptr;
4504}
4505
4507InstCombinerImpl::foldExtractOfOverflowIntrinsic(ExtractValueInst &EV) {
4509 if (!WO)
4510 return nullptr;
4511
4512 Intrinsic::ID OvID = WO->getIntrinsicID();
4513 const APInt *C = nullptr;
4514 if (match(WO->getRHS(), m_APIntAllowPoison(C))) {
4515 if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0 && (OvID == Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow ||
4516 OvID == Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow)) {
4517 // extractvalue (any_mul_with_overflow X, -1), 0 --> -X
4518 if (C->isAllOnes())
4519 return BinaryOperator::CreateNeg(WO->getLHS());
4520 // extractvalue (any_mul_with_overflow X, 2^n), 0 --> X << n
4521 if (C->isPowerOf2()) {
4522 return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(
4523 WO->getLHS(),
4524 ConstantInt::get(WO->getLHS()->getType(), C->logBase2()));
4525 }
4526 }
4527 }
4528
4529 // We're extracting from an overflow intrinsic. See if we're the only user.
4530 // That allows us to simplify multiple result intrinsics to simpler things
4531 // that just get one value.
4532 if (!WO->hasOneUse())
4533 return nullptr;
4534
4535 // Check if we're grabbing only the result of a 'with overflow' intrinsic
4536 // and replace it with a traditional binary instruction.
4537 if (*EV.idx_begin() == 0) {
4538 Instruction::BinaryOps BinOp = WO->getBinaryOp();
4539 Value *LHS = WO->getLHS(), *RHS = WO->getRHS();
4540 // Replace the old instruction's uses with poison.
4541 replaceInstUsesWith(*WO, PoisonValue::get(WO->getType()));
4543 return BinaryOperator::Create(BinOp, LHS, RHS);
4544 }
4545
4546 assert(*EV.idx_begin() == 1 && "Unexpected extract index for overflow inst");
4547
4548 // (usub LHS, RHS) overflows when LHS is unsigned-less-than RHS.
4549 if (OvID == Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow)
4550 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, WO->getLHS(), WO->getRHS());
4551
4552 // smul with i1 types overflows when both sides are set: -1 * -1 == +1, but
4553 // +1 is not possible because we assume signed values.
4554 if (OvID == Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow &&
4555 WO->getLHS()->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy(1))
4556 return BinaryOperator::CreateAnd(WO->getLHS(), WO->getRHS());
4557
4558 // extractvalue (umul_with_overflow X, X), 1 -> X u> 2^(N/2)-1
4559 if (OvID == Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow && WO->getLHS() == WO->getRHS()) {
4560 unsigned BitWidth = WO->getLHS()->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits();
4561 // Only handle even bitwidths for performance reasons.
4562 if (BitWidth % 2 == 0)
4563 return new ICmpInst(
4564 ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, WO->getLHS(),
4565 ConstantInt::get(WO->getLHS()->getType(),
4567 }
4568
4569 // If only the overflow result is used, and the right hand side is a
4570 // constant (or constant splat), we can remove the intrinsic by directly
4571 // checking for overflow.
4572 if (C) {
4573 // Compute the no-wrap range for LHS given RHS=C, then construct an
4574 // equivalent icmp, potentially using an offset.
4575 ConstantRange NWR = ConstantRange::makeExactNoWrapRegion(
4576 WO->getBinaryOp(), *C, WO->getNoWrapKind());
4577
4578 CmpInst::Predicate Pred;
4579 APInt NewRHSC, Offset;
4580 NWR.getEquivalentICmp(Pred, NewRHSC, Offset);
4581 auto *OpTy = WO->getRHS()->getType();
4582 auto *NewLHS = WO->getLHS();
4583 if (Offset != 0)
4584 NewLHS = Builder.CreateAdd(NewLHS, ConstantInt::get(OpTy, Offset));
4585 return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred), NewLHS,
4586 ConstantInt::get(OpTy, NewRHSC));
4587 }
4588
4589 return nullptr;
4590}
4591
4594 InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder) {
4595 // Helper to fold frexp of select to select of frexp.
4596
4597 if (!SelectInst->hasOneUse() || !FrexpCall->hasOneUse())
4598 return nullptr;
4600 Value *TrueVal = SelectInst->getTrueValue();
4601 Value *FalseVal = SelectInst->getFalseValue();
4602
4603 const APFloat *ConstVal = nullptr;
4604 Value *VarOp = nullptr;
4605 bool ConstIsTrue = false;
4606
4607 if (match(TrueVal, m_APFloat(ConstVal))) {
4608 VarOp = FalseVal;
4609 ConstIsTrue = true;
4610 } else if (match(FalseVal, m_APFloat(ConstVal))) {
4611 VarOp = TrueVal;
4612 ConstIsTrue = false;
4613 } else {
4614 return nullptr;
4615 }
4616
4617 Builder.SetInsertPoint(&EV);
4618
4619 CallInst *NewFrexp =
4620 Builder.CreateCall(FrexpCall->getCalledFunction(), {VarOp}, "frexp");
4621 NewFrexp->copyIRFlags(FrexpCall);
4622
4623 Value *NewEV = Builder.CreateExtractValue(NewFrexp, 0, "mantissa");
4624
4625 int Exp;
4626 APFloat Mantissa = frexp(*ConstVal, Exp, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
4627
4628 Constant *ConstantMantissa = ConstantFP::get(TrueVal->getType(), Mantissa);
4629
4630 Value *NewSel = Builder.CreateSelectFMF(
4631 Cond, ConstIsTrue ? ConstantMantissa : NewEV,
4632 ConstIsTrue ? NewEV : ConstantMantissa, SelectInst, "select.frexp");
4633 return NewSel;
4634}
4636 Value *Agg = EV.getAggregateOperand();
4637
4638 if (!EV.hasIndices())
4639 return replaceInstUsesWith(EV, Agg);
4640
4641 if (Value *V = simplifyExtractValueInst(Agg, EV.getIndices(),
4642 SQ.getWithInstruction(&EV)))
4643 return replaceInstUsesWith(EV, V);
4644
4645 Value *Cond, *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
4647 m_Value(Cond), m_Value(TrueVal), m_Value(FalseVal)))))) {
4648 auto *SelInst =
4649 cast<SelectInst>(cast<IntrinsicInst>(Agg)->getArgOperand(0));
4650 if (Value *Result =
4651 foldFrexpOfSelect(EV, cast<IntrinsicInst>(Agg), SelInst, Builder))
4652 return replaceInstUsesWith(EV, Result);
4653 }
4655 // We're extracting from an insertvalue instruction, compare the indices
4656 const unsigned *exti, *exte, *insi, *inse;
4657 for (exti = EV.idx_begin(), insi = IV->idx_begin(),
4658 exte = EV.idx_end(), inse = IV->idx_end();
4659 exti != exte && insi != inse;
4660 ++exti, ++insi) {
4661 if (*insi != *exti)
4662 // The insert and extract both reference distinctly different elements.
4663 // This means the extract is not influenced by the insert, and we can
4664 // replace the aggregate operand of the extract with the aggregate
4665 // operand of the insert. i.e., replace
4666 // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1
4667 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 0
4668 // with
4669 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 0
4670 return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getAggregateOperand(),
4671 EV.getIndices());
4672 }
4673 if (exti == exte && insi == inse)
4674 // Both iterators are at the end: Index lists are identical. Replace
4675 // %B = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0
4676 // %C = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %B, 1, 0
4677 // with "i32 42"
4678 return replaceInstUsesWith(EV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand());
4679 if (exti == exte) {
4680 // The extract list is a prefix of the insert list. i.e. replace
4681 // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, i32 42, 1, 0
4682 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1
4683 // with
4684 // %X = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, 1
4685 // %E = insertvalue { i32 } %X, i32 42, 0
4686 // by switching the order of the insert and extract (though the
4687 // insertvalue should be left in, since it may have other uses).
4688 Value *NewEV = Builder.CreateExtractValue(IV->getAggregateOperand(),
4689 EV.getIndices());
4690 return InsertValueInst::Create(NewEV, IV->getInsertedValueOperand(),
4691 ArrayRef(insi, inse));
4692 }
4693 if (insi == inse)
4694 // The insert list is a prefix of the extract list
4695 // We can simply remove the common indices from the extract and make it
4696 // operate on the inserted value instead of the insertvalue result.
4697 // i.e., replace
4698 // %I = insertvalue { i32, { i32 } } %A, { i32 } { i32 42 }, 1
4699 // %E = extractvalue { i32, { i32 } } %I, 1, 0
4700 // with
4701 // %E extractvalue { i32 } { i32 42 }, 0
4702 return ExtractValueInst::Create(IV->getInsertedValueOperand(),
4703 ArrayRef(exti, exte));
4704 }
4705
4706 if (Instruction *R = foldExtractOfOverflowIntrinsic(EV))
4707 return R;
4708
4709 if (LoadInst *L = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Agg)) {
4710 // Bail out if the aggregate contains scalable vector type
4711 if (auto *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Agg->getType());
4712 STy && STy->isScalableTy())
4713 return nullptr;
4714
4715 // If the (non-volatile) load only has one use, we can rewrite this to a
4716 // load from a GEP. This reduces the size of the load. If a load is used
4717 // only by extractvalue instructions then this either must have been
4718 // optimized before, or it is a struct with padding, in which case we
4719 // don't want to do the transformation as it loses padding knowledge.
4720 if (L->isSimple() && L->hasOneUse()) {
4721 // extractvalue has integer indices, getelementptr has Value*s. Convert.
4722 SmallVector<Value*, 4> Indices;
4723 // Prefix an i32 0 since we need the first element.
4724 Indices.push_back(Builder.getInt32(0));
4725 for (unsigned Idx : EV.indices())
4726 Indices.push_back(Builder.getInt32(Idx));
4727
4728 // We need to insert these at the location of the old load, not at that of
4729 // the extractvalue.
4730 Builder.SetInsertPoint(L);
4731 Value *GEP = Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(L->getType(),
4732 L->getPointerOperand(), Indices);
4733 Instruction *NL = Builder.CreateLoad(EV.getType(), GEP);
4734 // Whatever aliasing information we had for the orignal load must also
4735 // hold for the smaller load, so propagate the annotations.
4736 NL->setAAMetadata(L->getAAMetadata());
4737 // Returning the load directly will cause the main loop to insert it in
4738 // the wrong spot, so use replaceInstUsesWith().
4739 return replaceInstUsesWith(EV, NL);
4740 }
4741 }
4742
4743 if (auto *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Agg))
4744 if (Instruction *Res = foldOpIntoPhi(EV, PN))
4745 return Res;
4746
4747 // Canonicalize extract (select Cond, TV, FV)
4748 // -> select cond, (extract TV), (extract FV)
4749 if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Agg))
4750 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(EV, SI, /*FoldWithMultiUse=*/true))
4751 return R;
4752
4753 // We could simplify extracts from other values. Note that nested extracts may
4754 // already be simplified implicitly by the above: extract (extract (insert) )
4755 // will be translated into extract ( insert ( extract ) ) first and then just
4756 // the value inserted, if appropriate. Similarly for extracts from single-use
4757 // loads: extract (extract (load)) will be translated to extract (load (gep))
4758 // and if again single-use then via load (gep (gep)) to load (gep).
4759 // However, double extracts from e.g. function arguments or return values
4760 // aren't handled yet.
4761 return nullptr;
4762}
4763
4764/// Return 'true' if the given typeinfo will match anything.
4765static bool isCatchAll(EHPersonality Personality, Constant *TypeInfo) {
4766 switch (Personality) {
4770 // The GCC C EH and Rust personality only exists to support cleanups, so
4771 // it's not clear what the semantics of catch clauses are.
4772 return false;
4774 return false;
4776 // While __gnat_all_others_value will match any Ada exception, it doesn't
4777 // match foreign exceptions (or didn't, before gcc-4.7).
4778 return false;
4789 return TypeInfo->isNullValue();
4790 }
4791 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
4792}
4793
4794static bool shorter_filter(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS) {
4795 return
4796 cast<ArrayType>(LHS->getType())->getNumElements()
4797 <
4798 cast<ArrayType>(RHS->getType())->getNumElements();
4799}
4800
4802 // The logic here should be correct for any real-world personality function.
4803 // However if that turns out not to be true, the offending logic can always
4804 // be conditioned on the personality function, like the catch-all logic is.
4805 EHPersonality Personality =
4806 classifyEHPersonality(LI.getParent()->getParent()->getPersonalityFn());
4807
4808 // Simplify the list of clauses, eg by removing repeated catch clauses
4809 // (these are often created by inlining).
4810 bool MakeNewInstruction = false; // If true, recreate using the following:
4811 SmallVector<Constant *, 16> NewClauses; // - Clauses for the new instruction;
4812 bool CleanupFlag = LI.isCleanup(); // - The new instruction is a cleanup.
4813
4814 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16> AlreadyCaught; // Typeinfos known caught already.
4815 for (unsigned i = 0, e = LI.getNumClauses(); i != e; ++i) {
4816 bool isLastClause = i + 1 == e;
4817 if (LI.isCatch(i)) {
4818 // A catch clause.
4819 Constant *CatchClause = LI.getClause(i);
4820 Constant *TypeInfo = CatchClause->stripPointerCasts();
4821
4822 // If we already saw this clause, there is no point in having a second
4823 // copy of it.
4824 if (AlreadyCaught.insert(TypeInfo).second) {
4825 // This catch clause was not already seen.
4826 NewClauses.push_back(CatchClause);
4827 } else {
4828 // Repeated catch clause - drop the redundant copy.
4829 MakeNewInstruction = true;
4830 }
4831
4832 // If this is a catch-all then there is no point in keeping any following
4833 // clauses or marking the landingpad as having a cleanup.
4834 if (isCatchAll(Personality, TypeInfo)) {
4835 if (!isLastClause)
4836 MakeNewInstruction = true;
4837 CleanupFlag = false;
4838 break;
4839 }
4840 } else {
4841 // A filter clause. If any of the filter elements were already caught
4842 // then they can be dropped from the filter. It is tempting to try to
4843 // exploit the filter further by saying that any typeinfo that does not
4844 // occur in the filter can't be caught later (and thus can be dropped).
4845 // However this would be wrong, since typeinfos can match without being
4846 // equal (for example if one represents a C++ class, and the other some
4847 // class derived from it).
4848 assert(LI.isFilter(i) && "Unsupported landingpad clause!");
4849 Constant *FilterClause = LI.getClause(i);
4850 ArrayType *FilterType = cast<ArrayType>(FilterClause->getType());
4851 unsigned NumTypeInfos = FilterType->getNumElements();
4852
4853 // An empty filter catches everything, so there is no point in keeping any
4854 // following clauses or marking the landingpad as having a cleanup. By
4855 // dealing with this case here the following code is made a bit simpler.
4856 if (!NumTypeInfos) {
4857 NewClauses.push_back(FilterClause);
4858 if (!isLastClause)
4859 MakeNewInstruction = true;
4860 CleanupFlag = false;
4861 break;
4862 }
4863
4864 bool MakeNewFilter = false; // If true, make a new filter.
4865 SmallVector<Constant *, 16> NewFilterElts; // New elements.
4866 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(FilterClause)) {
4867 // Not an empty filter - it contains at least one null typeinfo.
4868 assert(NumTypeInfos > 0 && "Should have handled empty filter already!");
4869 Constant *TypeInfo =
4871 // If this typeinfo is a catch-all then the filter can never match.
4872 if (isCatchAll(Personality, TypeInfo)) {
4873 // Throw the filter away.
4874 MakeNewInstruction = true;
4875 continue;
4876 }
4877
4878 // There is no point in having multiple copies of this typeinfo, so
4879 // discard all but the first copy if there is more than one.
4880 NewFilterElts.push_back(TypeInfo);
4881 if (NumTypeInfos > 1)
4882 MakeNewFilter = true;
4883 } else {
4884 ConstantArray *Filter = cast<ConstantArray>(FilterClause);
4885 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16> SeenInFilter; // For uniquing the elements.
4886 NewFilterElts.reserve(NumTypeInfos);
4887
4888 // Remove any filter elements that were already caught or that already
4889 // occurred in the filter. While there, see if any of the elements are
4890 // catch-alls. If so, the filter can be discarded.
4891 bool SawCatchAll = false;
4892 for (unsigned j = 0; j != NumTypeInfos; ++j) {
4893 Constant *Elt = Filter->getOperand(j);
4894 Constant *TypeInfo = Elt->stripPointerCasts();
4895 if (isCatchAll(Personality, TypeInfo)) {
4896 // This element is a catch-all. Bail out, noting this fact.
4897 SawCatchAll = true;
4898 break;
4899 }
4900
4901 // Even if we've seen a type in a catch clause, we don't want to
4902 // remove it from the filter. An unexpected type handler may be
4903 // set up for a call site which throws an exception of the same
4904 // type caught. In order for the exception thrown by the unexpected
4905 // handler to propagate correctly, the filter must be correctly
4906 // described for the call site.
4907 //
4908 // Example:
4909 //
4910 // void unexpected() { throw 1;}
4911 // void foo() throw (int) {
4912 // std::set_unexpected(unexpected);
4913 // try {
4914 // throw 2.0;
4915 // } catch (int i) {}
4916 // }
4917
4918 // There is no point in having multiple copies of the same typeinfo in
4919 // a filter, so only add it if we didn't already.
4920 if (SeenInFilter.insert(TypeInfo).second)
4921 NewFilterElts.push_back(cast<Constant>(Elt));
4922 }
4923 // A filter containing a catch-all cannot match anything by definition.
4924 if (SawCatchAll) {
4925 // Throw the filter away.
4926 MakeNewInstruction = true;
4927 continue;
4928 }
4929
4930 // If we dropped something from the filter, make a new one.
4931 if (NewFilterElts.size() < NumTypeInfos)
4932 MakeNewFilter = true;
4933 }
4934 if (MakeNewFilter) {
4935 FilterType = ArrayType::get(FilterType->getElementType(),
4936 NewFilterElts.size());
4937 FilterClause = ConstantArray::get(FilterType, NewFilterElts);
4938 MakeNewInstruction = true;
4939 }
4940
4941 NewClauses.push_back(FilterClause);
4942
4943 // If the new filter is empty then it will catch everything so there is
4944 // no point in keeping any following clauses or marking the landingpad
4945 // as having a cleanup. The case of the original filter being empty was
4946 // already handled above.
4947 if (MakeNewFilter && !NewFilterElts.size()) {
4948 assert(MakeNewInstruction && "New filter but not a new instruction!");
4949 CleanupFlag = false;
4950 break;
4951 }
4952 }
4953 }
4954
4955 // If several filters occur in a row then reorder them so that the shortest
4956 // filters come first (those with the smallest number of elements). This is
4957 // advantageous because shorter filters are more likely to match, speeding up
4958 // unwinding, but mostly because it increases the effectiveness of the other
4959 // filter optimizations below.
4960 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewClauses.size(); i + 1 < e; ) {
4961 unsigned j;
4962 // Find the maximal 'j' s.t. the range [i, j) consists entirely of filters.
4963 for (j = i; j != e; ++j)
4964 if (!isa<ArrayType>(NewClauses[j]->getType()))
4965 break;
4966
4967 // Check whether the filters are already sorted by length. We need to know
4968 // if sorting them is actually going to do anything so that we only make a
4969 // new landingpad instruction if it does.
4970 for (unsigned k = i; k + 1 < j; ++k)
4971 if (shorter_filter(NewClauses[k+1], NewClauses[k])) {
4972 // Not sorted, so sort the filters now. Doing an unstable sort would be
4973 // correct too but reordering filters pointlessly might confuse users.
4974 std::stable_sort(NewClauses.begin() + i, NewClauses.begin() + j,
4976 MakeNewInstruction = true;
4977 break;
4978 }
4979
4980 // Look for the next batch of filters.
4981 i = j + 1;
4982 }
4983
4984 // If typeinfos matched if and only if equal, then the elements of a filter L
4985 // that occurs later than a filter F could be replaced by the intersection of
4986 // the elements of F and L. In reality two typeinfos can match without being
4987 // equal (for example if one represents a C++ class, and the other some class
4988 // derived from it) so it would be wrong to perform this transform in general.
4989 // However the transform is correct and useful if F is a subset of L. In that
4990 // case L can be replaced by F, and thus removed altogether since repeating a
4991 // filter is pointless. So here we look at all pairs of filters F and L where
4992 // L follows F in the list of clauses, and remove L if every element of F is
4993 // an element of L. This can occur when inlining C++ functions with exception
4994 // specifications.
4995 for (unsigned i = 0; i + 1 < NewClauses.size(); ++i) {
4996 // Examine each filter in turn.
4997 Value *Filter = NewClauses[i];
4998 ArrayType *FTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Filter->getType());
4999 if (!FTy)
5000 // Not a filter - skip it.
5001 continue;
5002 unsigned FElts = FTy->getNumElements();
5003 // Examine each filter following this one. Doing this backwards means that
5004 // we don't have to worry about filters disappearing under us when removed.
5005 for (unsigned j = NewClauses.size() - 1; j != i; --j) {
5006 Value *LFilter = NewClauses[j];
5007 ArrayType *LTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(LFilter->getType());
5008 if (!LTy)
5009 // Not a filter - skip it.
5010 continue;
5011 // If Filter is a subset of LFilter, i.e. every element of Filter is also
5012 // an element of LFilter, then discard LFilter.
5013 SmallVectorImpl<Constant *>::iterator J = NewClauses.begin() + j;
5014 // If Filter is empty then it is a subset of LFilter.
5015 if (!FElts) {
5016 // Discard LFilter.
5017 NewClauses.erase(J);
5018 MakeNewInstruction = true;
5019 // Move on to the next filter.
5020 continue;
5021 }
5022 unsigned LElts = LTy->getNumElements();
5023 // If Filter is longer than LFilter then it cannot be a subset of it.
5024 if (FElts > LElts)
5025 // Move on to the next filter.
5026 continue;
5027 // At this point we know that LFilter has at least one element.
5028 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(LFilter)) { // LFilter only contains zeros.
5029 // Filter is a subset of LFilter iff Filter contains only zeros (as we
5030 // already know that Filter is not longer than LFilter).
5032 assert(FElts <= LElts && "Should have handled this case earlier!");
5033 // Discard LFilter.
5034 NewClauses.erase(J);
5035 MakeNewInstruction = true;
5036 }
5037 // Move on to the next filter.
5038 continue;
5039 }
5040 ConstantArray *LArray = cast<ConstantArray>(LFilter);
5041 if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Filter)) { // Filter only contains zeros.
5042 // Since Filter is non-empty and contains only zeros, it is a subset of
5043 // LFilter iff LFilter contains a zero.
5044 assert(FElts > 0 && "Should have eliminated the empty filter earlier!");
5045 for (unsigned l = 0; l != LElts; ++l)
5046 if (LArray->getOperand(l)->isNullValue()) {
5047 // LFilter contains a zero - discard it.
5048 NewClauses.erase(J);
5049 MakeNewInstruction = true;
5050 break;
5051 }
5052 // Move on to the next filter.
5053 continue;
5054 }
5055 // At this point we know that both filters are ConstantArrays. Loop over
5056 // operands to see whether every element of Filter is also an element of
5057 // LFilter. Since filters tend to be short this is probably faster than
5058 // using a method that scales nicely.
5060 bool AllFound = true;
5061 for (unsigned f = 0; f != FElts; ++f) {
5062 Value *FTypeInfo = FArray->getOperand(f)->stripPointerCasts();
5063 AllFound = false;
5064 for (unsigned l = 0; l != LElts; ++l) {
5065 Value *LTypeInfo = LArray->getOperand(l)->stripPointerCasts();
5066 if (LTypeInfo == FTypeInfo) {
5067 AllFound = true;
5068 break;
5069 }
5070 }
5071 if (!AllFound)
5072 break;
5073 }
5074 if (AllFound) {
5075 // Discard LFilter.
5076 NewClauses.erase(J);
5077 MakeNewInstruction = true;
5078 }
5079 // Move on to the next filter.
5080 }
5081 }
5082
5083 // If we changed any of the clauses, replace the old landingpad instruction
5084 // with a new one.
5085 if (MakeNewInstruction) {
5087 NewClauses.size());
5088 for (Constant *C : NewClauses)
5089 NLI->addClause(C);
5090 // A landing pad with no clauses must have the cleanup flag set. It is
5091 // theoretically possible, though highly unlikely, that we eliminated all
5092 // clauses. If so, force the cleanup flag to true.
5093 if (NewClauses.empty())
5094 CleanupFlag = true;
5095 NLI->setCleanup(CleanupFlag);
5096 return NLI;
5097 }
5098
5099 // Even if none of the clauses changed, we may nonetheless have understood
5100 // that the cleanup flag is pointless. Clear it if so.
5101 if (LI.isCleanup() != CleanupFlag) {
5102 assert(!CleanupFlag && "Adding a cleanup, not removing one?!");
5103 LI.setCleanup(CleanupFlag);
5104 return &LI;
5105 }
5106
5107 return nullptr;
5108}
5109
5110Value *
5112 // Try to push freeze through instructions that propagate but don't produce
5113 // poison as far as possible. If an operand of freeze does not produce poison
5114 // then push the freeze through to the operands that are not guaranteed
5115 // non-poison. The actual transform is as follows.
5116 // Op1 = ... ; Op1 can be poison
5117 // Op0 = Inst(Op1, NonPoisonOps...)
5118 // ... = Freeze(Op0)
5119 // =>
5120 // Op1 = ...
5121 // Op1.fr = Freeze(Op1)
5122 // ... = Inst(Op1.fr, NonPoisonOps...)
5123
5124 auto CanPushFreeze = [](Value *V) {
5125 if (!isa<Instruction>(V) || isa<PHINode>(V))
5126 return false;
5127
5128 // We can't push the freeze through an instruction which can itself create
5129 // poison. If the only source of new poison is flags, we can simply
5130 // strip them (since we know the only use is the freeze and nothing can
5131 // benefit from them.)
5133 /*ConsiderFlagsAndMetadata*/ false);
5134 };
5135
5136 // Pushing freezes up long instruction chains can be expensive. Instead,
5137 // we directly push the freeze all the way to the leaves. However, we leave
5138 // deduplication of freezes on the same value for freezeOtherUses().
5139 Use *OrigUse = &OrigFI.getOperandUse(0);
5142 Worklist.push_back(OrigUse);
5143 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
5144 auto *U = Worklist.pop_back_val();
5145 Value *V = U->get();
5146 if (!CanPushFreeze(V)) {
5147 // If we can't push through the original instruction, abort the transform.
5148 if (U == OrigUse)
5149 return nullptr;
5150
5151 auto *UserI = cast<Instruction>(U->getUser());
5152 Builder.SetInsertPoint(UserI);
5153 Value *Frozen = Builder.CreateFreeze(V, V->getName() + ".fr");
5154 U->set(Frozen);
5155 continue;
5156 }
5157
5158 auto *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
5159 if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
5160 continue;
5161
5162 // reverse() to emit freezes in a more natural order.
5163 for (Use &Op : reverse(I->operands())) {
5164 Value *OpV = Op.get();
5166 continue;
5167 Worklist.push_back(&Op);
5168 }
5169
5170 I->dropPoisonGeneratingAnnotations();
5171 this->Worklist.add(I);
5172 }
5173
5174 return OrigUse->get();
5175}
5176
5178 PHINode *PN) {
5179 // Detect whether this is a recurrence with a start value and some number of
5180 // backedge values. We'll check whether we can push the freeze through the
5181 // backedge values (possibly dropping poison flags along the way) until we
5182 // reach the phi again. In that case, we can move the freeze to the start
5183 // value.
5184 Use *StartU = nullptr;
5186 for (Use &U : PN->incoming_values()) {
5187 if (DT.dominates(PN->getParent(), PN->getIncomingBlock(U))) {
5188 // Add backedge value to worklist.
5189 Worklist.push_back(U.get());
5190 continue;
5191 }
5192
5193 // Don't bother handling multiple start values.
5194 if (StartU)
5195 return nullptr;
5196 StartU = &U;
5197 }
5198
5199 if (!StartU || Worklist.empty())
5200 return nullptr; // Not a recurrence.
5201
5202 Value *StartV = StartU->get();
5203 BasicBlock *StartBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(*StartU);
5204 bool StartNeedsFreeze = !isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(StartV);
5205 // We can't insert freeze if the start value is the result of the
5206 // terminator (e.g. an invoke).
5207 if (StartNeedsFreeze && StartBB->getTerminator() == StartV)
5208 return nullptr;
5209
5212 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
5213 Value *V = Worklist.pop_back_val();
5214 if (!Visited.insert(V).second)
5215 continue;
5216
5217 if (Visited.size() > 32)
5218 return nullptr; // Limit the total number of values we inspect.
5219
5220 // Assume that PN is non-poison, because it will be after the transform.
5221 if (V == PN || isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(V))
5222 continue;
5223
5226 /*ConsiderFlagsAndMetadata*/ false))
5227 return nullptr;
5228
5229 DropFlags.push_back(I);
5230 append_range(Worklist, I->operands());
5231 }
5232
5233 for (Instruction *I : DropFlags)
5234 I->dropPoisonGeneratingAnnotations();
5235
5236 if (StartNeedsFreeze) {
5237 Builder.SetInsertPoint(StartBB->getTerminator());
5238 Value *FrozenStartV = Builder.CreateFreeze(StartV,
5239 StartV->getName() + ".fr");
5240 replaceUse(*StartU, FrozenStartV);
5241 }
5242 return replaceInstUsesWith(FI, PN);
5243}
5244
5246 Value *Op = FI.getOperand(0);
5247
5248 if (isa<Constant>(Op) || Op->hasOneUse())
5249 return false;
5250
5251 // Move the freeze directly after the definition of its operand, so that
5252 // it dominates the maximum number of uses. Note that it may not dominate
5253 // *all* uses if the operand is an invoke/callbr and the use is in a phi on
5254 // the normal/default destination. This is why the domination check in the
5255 // replacement below is still necessary.
5256 BasicBlock::iterator MoveBefore;
5257 if (isa<Argument>(Op)) {
5258 MoveBefore =
5260 } else {
5261 auto MoveBeforeOpt = cast<Instruction>(Op)->getInsertionPointAfterDef();
5262 if (!MoveBeforeOpt)
5263 return false;
5264 MoveBefore = *MoveBeforeOpt;
5265 }
5266
5267 // Re-point iterator to come after any debug-info records.
5268 MoveBefore.setHeadBit(false);
5269
5270 bool Changed = false;
5271 if (&FI != &*MoveBefore) {
5272 FI.moveBefore(*MoveBefore->getParent(), MoveBefore);
5273 Changed = true;
5274 }
5275
5276 Op->replaceUsesWithIf(&FI, [&](Use &U) -> bool {
5277 bool Dominates = DT.dominates(&FI, U);
5278 Changed |= Dominates;
5279 return Dominates;
5280 });
5281
5282 return Changed;
5283}
5284
5285// Check if any direct or bitcast user of this value is a shuffle instruction.
5287 for (auto *U : V->users()) {
5289 return true;
5290 else if (match(U, m_BitCast(m_Specific(V))) && isUsedWithinShuffleVector(U))
5291 return true;
5292 }
5293 return false;
5294}
5295
5297 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
5298
5299 if (Value *V = simplifyFreezeInst(Op0, SQ.getWithInstruction(&I)))
5300 return replaceInstUsesWith(I, V);
5301
5302 // freeze (phi const, x) --> phi const, (freeze x)
5303 if (auto *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Op0)) {
5304 if (Instruction *NV = foldOpIntoPhi(I, PN))
5305 return NV;
5306 if (Instruction *NV = foldFreezeIntoRecurrence(I, PN))
5307 return NV;
5308 }
5309
5311 return replaceInstUsesWith(I, NI);
5312
5313 // If I is freeze(undef), check its uses and fold it to a fixed constant.
5314 // - or: pick -1
5315 // - select's condition: if the true value is constant, choose it by making
5316 // the condition true.
5317 // - phi: pick the common constant across operands
5318 // - default: pick 0
5319 //
5320 // Note that this transform is intentionally done here rather than
5321 // via an analysis in InstSimplify or at individual user sites. That is
5322 // because we must produce the same value for all uses of the freeze -
5323 // it's the reason "freeze" exists!
5324 //
5325 // TODO: This could use getBinopAbsorber() / getBinopIdentity() to avoid
5326 // duplicating logic for binops at least.
5327 auto getUndefReplacement = [&](Type *Ty) {
5328 auto pickCommonConstantFromPHI = [](PHINode &PN) -> Value * {
5329 // phi(freeze(undef), C, C). Choose C for freeze so the PHI can be
5330 // removed.
5331 Constant *BestValue = nullptr;
5332 for (Value *V : PN.incoming_values()) {
5333 if (match(V, m_Freeze(m_Undef())))
5334 continue;
5335
5337 if (!C)
5338 return nullptr;
5339
5341 return nullptr;
5342
5343 if (BestValue && BestValue != C)
5344 return nullptr;
5345
5346 BestValue = C;
5347 }
5348 return BestValue;
5349 };
5350
5351 Value *NullValue = Constant::getNullValue(Ty);
5352 Value *BestValue = nullptr;
5353 for (auto *U : I.users()) {
5354 Value *V = NullValue;
5355 if (match(U, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())))
5357 else if (match(U, m_Select(m_Specific(&I), m_Constant(), m_Value())))
5358 V = ConstantInt::getTrue(Ty);
5359 else if (match(U, m_c_Select(m_Specific(&I), m_Value(V)))) {
5360 if (V == &I || !isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(V, &AC, &I, &DT))
5361 V = NullValue;
5362 } else if (auto *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U)) {
5363 if (Value *MaybeV = pickCommonConstantFromPHI(*PHI))
5364 V = MaybeV;
5365 }
5366
5367 if (!BestValue)
5368 BestValue = V;
5369 else if (BestValue != V)
5370 BestValue = NullValue;
5371 }
5372 assert(BestValue && "Must have at least one use");
5373 assert(BestValue != &I && "Cannot replace with itself");
5374 return BestValue;
5375 };
5376
5377 if (match(Op0, m_Undef())) {
5378 // Don't fold freeze(undef/poison) if it's used as a vector operand in
5379 // a shuffle. This may improve codegen for shuffles that allow
5380 // unspecified inputs.
5382 return nullptr;
5383 return replaceInstUsesWith(I, getUndefReplacement(I.getType()));
5384 }
5385
5386 auto getFreezeVectorReplacement = [](Constant *C) -> Constant * {
5387 Type *Ty = C->getType();
5388 auto *VTy = dyn_cast<FixedVectorType>(Ty);
5389 if (!VTy)
5390 return nullptr;
5391 unsigned NumElts = VTy->getNumElements();
5392 Constant *BestValue = Constant::getNullValue(VTy->getScalarType());
5393 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
5394 Constant *EltC = C->getAggregateElement(i);
5395 if (EltC && !match(EltC, m_Undef())) {
5396 BestValue = EltC;
5397 break;
5398 }
5399 }
5400 return Constant::replaceUndefsWith(C, BestValue);
5401 };
5402
5403 Constant *C;
5404 if (match(Op0, m_Constant(C)) && C->containsUndefOrPoisonElement() &&
5405 !C->containsConstantExpression()) {
5406 if (Constant *Repl = getFreezeVectorReplacement(C))
5407 return replaceInstUsesWith(I, Repl);
5408 }
5409
5410 // Replace uses of Op with freeze(Op).
5411 if (freezeOtherUses(I))
5412 return &I;
5413
5414 return nullptr;
5415}
5416
5417/// Check for case where the call writes to an otherwise dead alloca. This
5418/// shows up for unused out-params in idiomatic C/C++ code. Note that this
5419/// helper *only* analyzes the write; doesn't check any other legality aspect.
5421 auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(I);
5422 if (!CB)
5423 // TODO: handle e.g. store to alloca here - only worth doing if we extend
5424 // to allow reload along used path as described below. Otherwise, this
5425 // is simply a store to a dead allocation which will be removed.
5426 return false;
5427 std::optional<MemoryLocation> Dest = MemoryLocation::getForDest(CB, TLI);
5428 if (!Dest)
5429 return false;
5430 auto *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(getUnderlyingObject(Dest->Ptr));
5431 if (!AI)
5432 // TODO: allow malloc?
5433 return false;
5434 // TODO: allow memory access dominated by move point? Note that since AI
5435 // could have a reference to itself captured by the call, we would need to
5436 // account for cycles in doing so.
5437 SmallVector<const User *> AllocaUsers;
5439 auto pushUsers = [&](const Instruction &I) {
5440 for (const User *U : I.users()) {
5441 if (Visited.insert(U).second)
5442 AllocaUsers.push_back(U);
5443 }
5444 };
5445 pushUsers(*AI);
5446 while (!AllocaUsers.empty()) {
5447 auto *UserI = cast<Instruction>(AllocaUsers.pop_back_val());
5448 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(UserI) || isa<AddrSpaceCastInst>(UserI)) {
5449 pushUsers(*UserI);
5450 continue;
5451 }
5452 if (UserI == CB)
5453 continue;
5454 // TODO: support lifetime.start/end here
5455 return false;
5456 }
5457 return true;
5458}
5459
5460/// Try to move the specified instruction from its current block into the
5461/// beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's safe to move the
5462/// instruction past all of the instructions between it and the end of its
5463/// block.
5465 BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
5466 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = I->getParent();
5467
5468 // Cannot move control-flow-involving, volatile loads, vaarg, etc.
5469 if (isa<PHINode>(I) || I->isEHPad() || I->mayThrow() || !I->willReturn() ||
5470 I->isTerminator())
5471 return false;
5472
5473 // Do not sink static or dynamic alloca instructions. Static allocas must
5474 // remain in the entry block, and dynamic allocas must not be sunk in between
5475 // a stacksave / stackrestore pair, which would incorrectly shorten its
5476 // lifetime.
5477 if (isa<AllocaInst>(I))
5478 return false;
5479
5480 // Do not sink into catchswitch blocks.
5481 if (isa<CatchSwitchInst>(DestBlock->getTerminator()))
5482 return false;
5483
5484 // Do not sink convergent call instructions.
5485 if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I)) {
5486 if (CI->isConvergent())
5487 return false;
5488 }
5489
5490 // Unless we can prove that the memory write isn't visibile except on the
5491 // path we're sinking to, we must bail.
5492 if (I->mayWriteToMemory()) {
5493 if (!SoleWriteToDeadLocal(I, TLI))
5494 return false;
5495 }
5496
5497 // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
5498 // the end of block that could change the value.
5499 if (I->mayReadFromMemory() &&
5500 !I->hasMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_invariant_load)) {
5501 // We don't want to do any sophisticated alias analysis, so we only check
5502 // the instructions after I in I's parent block if we try to sink to its
5503 // successor block.
5504 if (DestBlock->getUniquePredecessor() != I->getParent())
5505 return false;
5506 for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = std::next(I->getIterator()),
5507 E = I->getParent()->end();
5508 Scan != E; ++Scan)
5509 if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
5510 return false;
5511 }
5512
5513 I->dropDroppableUses([&](const Use *U) {
5514 auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U->getUser());
5515 if (I && I->getParent() != DestBlock) {
5516 Worklist.add(I);
5517 return true;
5518 }
5519 return false;
5520 });
5521 /// FIXME: We could remove droppable uses that are not dominated by
5522 /// the new position.
5523
5524 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->getFirstInsertionPt();
5525 I->moveBefore(*DestBlock, InsertPos);
5526 ++NumSunkInst;
5527
5528 // Also sink all related debug uses from the source basic block. Otherwise we
5529 // get debug use before the def. Attempt to salvage debug uses first, to
5530 // maximise the range variables have location for. If we cannot salvage, then
5531 // mark the location undef: we know it was supposed to receive a new location
5532 // here, but that computation has been sunk.
5533 SmallVector<DbgVariableRecord *, 2> DbgVariableRecords;
5534 findDbgUsers(I, DbgVariableRecords);
5535 if (!DbgVariableRecords.empty())
5536 tryToSinkInstructionDbgVariableRecords(I, InsertPos, SrcBlock, DestBlock,
5537 DbgVariableRecords);
5538
5539 // PS: there are numerous flaws with this behaviour, not least that right now
5540 // assignments can be re-ordered past other assignments to the same variable
5541 // if they use different Values. Creating more undef assignements can never be
5542 // undone. And salvaging all users outside of this block can un-necessarily
5543 // alter the lifetime of the live-value that the variable refers to.
5544 // Some of these things can be resolved by tolerating debug use-before-defs in
5545 // LLVM-IR, however it depends on the instruction-referencing CodeGen backend
5546 // being used for more architectures.
5547
5548 return true;
5549}
5550
5552 Instruction *I, BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos, BasicBlock *SrcBlock,
5553 BasicBlock *DestBlock,
5554 SmallVectorImpl<DbgVariableRecord *> &DbgVariableRecords) {
5555 // For all debug values in the destination block, the sunk instruction
5556 // will still be available, so they do not need to be dropped.
5557
5558 // Fetch all DbgVariableRecords not already in the destination.
5559 SmallVector<DbgVariableRecord *, 2> DbgVariableRecordsToSalvage;
5560 for (auto &DVR : DbgVariableRecords)
5561 if (DVR->getParent() != DestBlock)
5562 DbgVariableRecordsToSalvage.push_back(DVR);
5563
5564 // Fetch a second collection, of DbgVariableRecords in the source block that
5565 // we're going to sink.
5566 SmallVector<DbgVariableRecord *> DbgVariableRecordsToSink;
5567 for (DbgVariableRecord *DVR : DbgVariableRecordsToSalvage)
5568 if (DVR->getParent() == SrcBlock)
5569 DbgVariableRecordsToSink.push_back(DVR);
5570
5571 // Sort DbgVariableRecords according to their position in the block. This is a
5572 // partial order: DbgVariableRecords attached to different instructions will
5573 // be ordered by the instruction order, but DbgVariableRecords attached to the
5574 // same instruction won't have an order.
5575 auto Order = [](DbgVariableRecord *A, DbgVariableRecord *B) -> bool {
5576 return B->getInstruction()->comesBefore(A->getInstruction());
5577 };
5578 llvm::stable_sort(DbgVariableRecordsToSink, Order);
5579
5580 // If there are two assignments to the same variable attached to the same
5581 // instruction, the ordering between the two assignments is important. Scan
5582 // for this (rare) case and establish which is the last assignment.
5583 using InstVarPair = std::pair<const Instruction *, DebugVariable>;
5585 if (DbgVariableRecordsToSink.size() > 1) {
5587 // Count how many assignments to each variable there is per instruction.
5588 for (DbgVariableRecord *DVR : DbgVariableRecordsToSink) {
5589 DebugVariable DbgUserVariable =
5590 DebugVariable(DVR->getVariable(), DVR->getExpression(),
5591 DVR->getDebugLoc()->getInlinedAt());
5592 CountMap[std::make_pair(DVR->getInstruction(), DbgUserVariable)] += 1;
5593 }
5594
5595 // If there are any instructions with two assignments, add them to the
5596 // FilterOutMap to record that they need extra filtering.
5598 for (auto It : CountMap) {
5599 if (It.second > 1) {
5600 FilterOutMap[It.first] = nullptr;
5601 DupSet.insert(It.first.first);
5602 }
5603 }
5604
5605 // For all instruction/variable pairs needing extra filtering, find the
5606 // latest assignment.
5607 for (const Instruction *Inst : DupSet) {
5608 for (DbgVariableRecord &DVR :
5609 llvm::reverse(filterDbgVars(Inst->getDbgRecordRange()))) {
5610 DebugVariable DbgUserVariable =
5611 DebugVariable(DVR.getVariable(), DVR.getExpression(),
5612 DVR.getDebugLoc()->getInlinedAt());
5613 auto FilterIt =
5614 FilterOutMap.find(std::make_pair(Inst, DbgUserVariable));
5615 if (FilterIt == FilterOutMap.end())
5616 continue;
5617 if (FilterIt->second != nullptr)
5618 continue;
5619 FilterIt->second = &DVR;
5620 }
5621 }
5622 }
5623
5624 // Perform cloning of the DbgVariableRecords that we plan on sinking, filter
5625 // out any duplicate assignments identified above.
5627 SmallSet<DebugVariable, 4> SunkVariables;
5628 for (DbgVariableRecord *DVR : DbgVariableRecordsToSink) {
5630 continue;
5631
5632 DebugVariable DbgUserVariable =
5633 DebugVariable(DVR->getVariable(), DVR->getExpression(),
5634 DVR->getDebugLoc()->getInlinedAt());
5635
5636 // For any variable where there were multiple assignments in the same place,
5637 // ignore all but the last assignment.
5638 if (!FilterOutMap.empty()) {
5639 InstVarPair IVP = std::make_pair(DVR->getInstruction(), DbgUserVariable);
5640 auto It = FilterOutMap.find(IVP);
5641
5642 // Filter out.
5643 if (It != FilterOutMap.end() && It->second != DVR)
5644 continue;
5645 }
5646
5647 if (!SunkVariables.insert(DbgUserVariable).second)
5648 continue;
5649
5650 if (DVR->isDbgAssign())
5651 continue;
5652
5653 DVRClones.emplace_back(DVR->clone());
5654 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "CLONE: " << *DVRClones.back() << '\n');
5655 }
5656
5657 // Perform salvaging without the clones, then sink the clones.
5658 if (DVRClones.empty())
5659 return;
5660
5661 salvageDebugInfoForDbgValues(*I, DbgVariableRecordsToSalvage);
5662
5663 // The clones are in reverse order of original appearance. Assert that the
5664 // head bit is set on the iterator as we _should_ have received it via
5665 // getFirstInsertionPt. Inserting like this will reverse the clone order as
5666 // we'll repeatedly insert at the head, such as:
5667 // DVR-3 (third insertion goes here)
5668 // DVR-2 (second insertion goes here)
5669 // DVR-1 (first insertion goes here)
5670 // Any-Prior-DVRs
5671 // InsertPtInst
5672 assert(InsertPos.getHeadBit());
5673 for (DbgVariableRecord *DVRClone : DVRClones) {
5674 InsertPos->getParent()->insertDbgRecordBefore(DVRClone, InsertPos);
5675 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SINK: " << *DVRClone << '\n');
5676 }
5677}
5678
5680 while (!Worklist.isEmpty()) {
5681 // Walk deferred instructions in reverse order, and push them to the
5682 // worklist, which means they'll end up popped from the worklist in-order.
5683 while (Instruction *I = Worklist.popDeferred()) {
5684 // Check to see if we can DCE the instruction. We do this already here to
5685 // reduce the number of uses and thus allow other folds to trigger.
5686 // Note that eraseInstFromFunction() may push additional instructions on
5687 // the deferred worklist, so this will DCE whole instruction chains.
5690 ++NumDeadInst;
5691 continue;
5692 }
5693
5694 Worklist.push(I);
5695 }
5696
5697 Instruction *I = Worklist.removeOne();
5698 if (I == nullptr) continue; // skip null values.
5699
5700 // Check to see if we can DCE the instruction.
5703 ++NumDeadInst;
5704 continue;
5705 }
5706
5707 if (!DebugCounter::shouldExecute(VisitCounter))
5708 continue;
5709
5710 // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to its user if we can
5711 // prove that the successor is not executed more frequently than our block.
5712 // Return the UserBlock if successful.
5713 auto getOptionalSinkBlockForInst =
5714 [this](Instruction *I) -> std::optional<BasicBlock *> {
5715 if (!EnableCodeSinking)
5716 return std::nullopt;
5717
5718 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
5719 BasicBlock *UserParent = nullptr;
5720 unsigned NumUsers = 0;
5721
5722 for (Use &U : I->uses()) {
5723 User *User = U.getUser();
5724 if (User->isDroppable()) {
5725 // Do not sink if there are dereferenceable assumes that would be
5726 // removed.
5728 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::assume ||
5729 !II->getOperandBundle("dereferenceable"))
5730 continue;
5731 }
5732
5733 if (NumUsers > MaxSinkNumUsers)
5734 return std::nullopt;
5735
5736 Instruction *UserInst = cast<Instruction>(User);
5737 // Special handling for Phi nodes - get the block the use occurs in.
5738 BasicBlock *UserBB = UserInst->getParent();
5739 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UserInst))
5740 UserBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(U);
5741 // Bail out if we have uses in different blocks. We don't do any
5742 // sophisticated analysis (i.e finding NearestCommonDominator of these
5743 // use blocks).
5744 if (UserParent && UserParent != UserBB)
5745 return std::nullopt;
5746 UserParent = UserBB;
5747
5748 // Make sure these checks are done only once, naturally we do the checks
5749 // the first time we get the userparent, this will save compile time.
5750 if (NumUsers == 0) {
5751 // Try sinking to another block. If that block is unreachable, then do
5752 // not bother. SimplifyCFG should handle it.
5753 if (UserParent == BB || !DT.isReachableFromEntry(UserParent))
5754 return std::nullopt;
5755
5756 auto *Term = UserParent->getTerminator();
5757 // See if the user is one of our successors that has only one
5758 // predecessor, so that we don't have to split the critical edge.
5759 // Another option where we can sink is a block that ends with a
5760 // terminator that does not pass control to other block (such as
5761 // return or unreachable or resume). In this case:
5762 // - I dominates the User (by SSA form);
5763 // - the User will be executed at most once.
5764 // So sinking I down to User is always profitable or neutral.
5765 if (UserParent->getUniquePredecessor() != BB && !succ_empty(Term))
5766 return std::nullopt;
5767
5768 assert(DT.dominates(BB, UserParent) && "Dominance relation broken?");
5769 }
5770
5771 NumUsers++;
5772 }
5773
5774 // No user or only has droppable users.
5775 if (!UserParent)
5776 return std::nullopt;
5777
5778 return UserParent;
5779 };
5780
5781 auto OptBB = getOptionalSinkBlockForInst(I);
5782 if (OptBB) {
5783 auto *UserParent = *OptBB;
5784 // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
5785 if (tryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent)) {
5786 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: Sink: " << *I << '\n');
5787 MadeIRChange = true;
5788 // We'll add uses of the sunk instruction below, but since
5789 // sinking can expose opportunities for it's *operands* add
5790 // them to the worklist
5791 for (Use &U : I->operands())
5792 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.get()))
5793 Worklist.push(OpI);
5794 }
5795 }
5796
5797 // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it.
5798 Builder.SetInsertPoint(I);
5799 Builder.CollectMetadataToCopy(
5800 I, {LLVMContext::MD_dbg, LLVMContext::MD_annotation});
5801
5802#ifndef NDEBUG
5803 std::string OrigI;
5804#endif
5805 LLVM_DEBUG(raw_string_ostream SS(OrigI); I->print(SS););
5806 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: Visiting: " << OrigI << '\n');
5807
5808 if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
5809 ++NumCombined;
5810 // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
5811 if (Result != I) {
5812 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: Old = " << *I << '\n'
5813 << " New = " << *Result << '\n');
5814
5815 // We copy the old instruction's DebugLoc to the new instruction, unless
5816 // InstCombine already assigned a DebugLoc to it, in which case we
5817 // should trust the more specifically selected DebugLoc.
5818 Result->setDebugLoc(Result->getDebugLoc().orElse(I->getDebugLoc()));
5819 // We also copy annotation metadata to the new instruction.
5820 Result->copyMetadata(*I, LLVMContext::MD_annotation);
5821 // Everything uses the new instruction now.
5822 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
5823
5824 // Move the name to the new instruction first.
5825 Result->takeName(I);
5826
5827 // Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
5828 BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
5829 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I->getIterator();
5830
5831 // Are we replace a PHI with something that isn't a PHI, or vice versa?
5832 if (isa<PHINode>(Result) != isa<PHINode>(I)) {
5833 // We need to fix up the insertion point.
5834 if (isa<PHINode>(I)) // PHI -> Non-PHI
5835 InsertPos = InstParent->getFirstInsertionPt();
5836 else // Non-PHI -> PHI
5837 InsertPos = InstParent->getFirstNonPHIIt();
5838 }
5839
5840 Result->insertInto(InstParent, InsertPos);
5841
5842 // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
5843 Worklist.pushUsersToWorkList(*Result);
5844 Worklist.push(Result);
5845
5847 } else {
5848 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: Mod = " << OrigI << '\n'
5849 << " New = " << *I << '\n');
5850
5851 // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
5852 // if so, remove it.
5855 } else {
5856 Worklist.pushUsersToWorkList(*I);
5857 Worklist.push(I);
5858 }
5859 }
5860 MadeIRChange = true;
5861 }
5862 }
5863
5864 Worklist.zap();
5865 return MadeIRChange;
5866}
5867
5868// Track the scopes used by !alias.scope and !noalias. In a function, a
5869// @llvm.experimental.noalias.scope.decl is only useful if that scope is used
5870// by both sets. If not, the declaration of the scope can be safely omitted.
5871// The MDNode of the scope can be omitted as well for the instructions that are
5872// part of this function. We do not do that at this point, as this might become
5873// too time consuming to do.
5875 SmallPtrSet<const MDNode *, 8> UsedAliasScopesAndLists;
5876 SmallPtrSet<const MDNode *, 8> UsedNoAliasScopesAndLists;
5877
5878public:
5880 // This seems to be faster than checking 'mayReadOrWriteMemory()'.
5881 if (!I->hasMetadataOtherThanDebugLoc())
5882 return;
5883
5884 auto Track = [](Metadata *ScopeList, auto &Container) {
5885 const auto *MDScopeList = dyn_cast_or_null<MDNode>(ScopeList);
5886 if (!MDScopeList || !Container.insert(MDScopeList).second)
5887 return;
5888 for (const auto &MDOperand : MDScopeList->operands())
5889 if (auto *MDScope = dyn_cast<MDNode>(MDOperand))
5890 Container.insert(MDScope);
5891 };
5892
5893 Track(I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_alias_scope), UsedAliasScopesAndLists);
5894 Track(I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_noalias), UsedNoAliasScopesAndLists);
5895 }
5896
5899 if (!Decl)
5900 return false;
5901
5902 assert(Decl->use_empty() &&
5903 "llvm.experimental.noalias.scope.decl in use ?");
5904 const MDNode *MDSL = Decl->getScopeList();
5905 assert(MDSL->getNumOperands() == 1 &&
5906 "llvm.experimental.noalias.scope should refer to a single scope");
5907 auto &MDOperand = MDSL->getOperand(0);
5908 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<MDNode>(MDOperand))
5909 return !UsedAliasScopesAndLists.contains(MD) ||
5910 !UsedNoAliasScopesAndLists.contains(MD);
5911
5912 // Not an MDNode ? throw away.
5913 return true;
5914 }
5915};
5916
5917/// Populate the IC worklist from a function, by walking it in reverse
5918/// post-order and adding all reachable code to the worklist.
5919///
5920/// This has a couple of tricks to make the code faster and more powerful. In
5921/// particular, we constant fold and DCE instructions as we go, to avoid adding
5922/// them to the worklist (this significantly speeds up instcombine on code where
5923/// many instructions are dead or constant). Additionally, if we find a branch
5924/// whose condition is a known constant, we only visit the reachable successors.
5926 bool MadeIRChange = false;
5928 SmallVector<Instruction *, 128> InstrsForInstructionWorklist;
5929 DenseMap<Constant *, Constant *> FoldedConstants;
5930 AliasScopeTracker SeenAliasScopes;
5931
5932 auto HandleOnlyLiveSuccessor = [&](BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *LiveSucc) {
5933 for (BasicBlock *Succ : successors(BB))
5934 if (Succ != LiveSucc && DeadEdges.insert({BB, Succ}).second)
5935 for (PHINode &PN : Succ->phis())
5936 for (Use &U : PN.incoming_values())
5937 if (PN.getIncomingBlock(U) == BB && !isa<PoisonValue>(U)) {
5938 U.set(PoisonValue::get(PN.getType()));
5939 MadeIRChange = true;
5940 }
5941 };
5942
5943 for (BasicBlock *BB : RPOT) {
5944 if (!BB->isEntryBlock() && all_of(predecessors(BB), [&](BasicBlock *Pred) {
5945 return DeadEdges.contains({Pred, BB}) || DT.dominates(BB, Pred);
5946 })) {
5947 HandleOnlyLiveSuccessor(BB, nullptr);
5948 continue;
5949 }
5950 LiveBlocks.insert(BB);
5951
5952 for (Instruction &Inst : llvm::make_early_inc_range(*BB)) {
5953 // ConstantProp instruction if trivially constant.
5954 if (!Inst.use_empty() &&
5955 (Inst.getNumOperands() == 0 || isa<Constant>(Inst.getOperand(0))))
5956 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(&Inst, DL, &TLI)) {
5957 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << Inst
5958 << '\n');
5959 Inst.replaceAllUsesWith(C);
5960 ++NumConstProp;
5961 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(&Inst, &TLI))
5962 Inst.eraseFromParent();
5963 MadeIRChange = true;
5964 continue;
5965 }
5966
5967 // See if we can constant fold its operands.
5968 for (Use &U : Inst.operands()) {
5970 continue;
5971
5972 auto *C = cast<Constant>(U);
5973 Constant *&FoldRes = FoldedConstants[C];
5974 if (!FoldRes)
5975 FoldRes = ConstantFoldConstant(C, DL, &TLI);
5976
5977 if (FoldRes != C) {
5978 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: ConstFold operand of: " << Inst
5979 << "\n Old = " << *C
5980 << "\n New = " << *FoldRes << '\n');
5981 U = FoldRes;
5982 MadeIRChange = true;
5983 }
5984 }
5985
5986 // Skip processing debug and pseudo intrinsics in InstCombine. Processing
5987 // these call instructions consumes non-trivial amount of time and
5988 // provides no value for the optimization.
5989 if (!Inst.isDebugOrPseudoInst()) {
5990 InstrsForInstructionWorklist.push_back(&Inst);
5991 SeenAliasScopes.analyse(&Inst);
5992 }
5993 }
5994
5995 // If this is a branch or switch on a constant, mark only the single
5996 // live successor. Otherwise assume all successors are live.
5997 Instruction *TI = BB->getTerminator();
5998 if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(TI); BI && BI->isConditional()) {
5999 if (isa<UndefValue>(BI->getCondition())) {
6000 // Branch on undef is UB.
6001 HandleOnlyLiveSuccessor(BB, nullptr);
6002 continue;
6003 }
6004 if (auto *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())) {
6005 bool CondVal = Cond->getZExtValue();
6006 HandleOnlyLiveSuccessor(BB, BI->getSuccessor(!CondVal));
6007 continue;
6008 }
6009 } else if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(TI)) {
6010 if (isa<UndefValue>(SI->getCondition())) {
6011 // Switch on undef is UB.
6012 HandleOnlyLiveSuccessor(BB, nullptr);
6013 continue;
6014 }
6015 if (auto *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getCondition())) {
6016 HandleOnlyLiveSuccessor(BB,
6017 SI->findCaseValue(Cond)->getCaseSuccessor());
6018 continue;
6019 }
6020 }
6021 }
6022
6023 // Remove instructions inside unreachable blocks. This prevents the
6024 // instcombine code from having to deal with some bad special cases, and
6025 // reduces use counts of instructions.
6026 for (BasicBlock &BB : F) {
6027 if (LiveBlocks.count(&BB))
6028 continue;
6029
6030 unsigned NumDeadInstInBB;
6031 NumDeadInstInBB = removeAllNonTerminatorAndEHPadInstructions(&BB);
6032
6033 MadeIRChange |= NumDeadInstInBB != 0;
6034 NumDeadInst += NumDeadInstInBB;
6035 }
6036
6037 // Once we've found all of the instructions to add to instcombine's worklist,
6038 // add them in reverse order. This way instcombine will visit from the top
6039 // of the function down. This jives well with the way that it adds all uses
6040 // of instructions to the worklist after doing a transformation, thus avoiding
6041 // some N^2 behavior in pathological cases.
6042 Worklist.reserve(InstrsForInstructionWorklist.size());
6043 for (Instruction *Inst : reverse(InstrsForInstructionWorklist)) {
6044 // DCE instruction if trivially dead. As we iterate in reverse program
6045 // order here, we will clean up whole chains of dead instructions.
6046 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(Inst, &TLI) ||
6047 SeenAliasScopes.isNoAliasScopeDeclDead(Inst)) {
6048 ++NumDeadInst;
6049 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "IC: DCE: " << *Inst << '\n');
6050 salvageDebugInfo(*Inst);
6051 Inst->eraseFromParent();
6052 MadeIRChange = true;
6053 continue;
6054 }
6055
6056 Worklist.push(Inst);
6057 }
6058
6059 return MadeIRChange;
6060}
6061
6063 // Collect backedges.
6065 for (BasicBlock *BB : RPOT) {
6066 Visited.insert(BB);
6067 for (BasicBlock *Succ : successors(BB))
6068 if (Visited.contains(Succ))
6069 BackEdges.insert({BB, Succ});
6070 }
6071 ComputedBackEdges = true;
6072}
6073
6079 const InstCombineOptions &Opts) {
6080 auto &DL = F.getDataLayout();
6081 bool VerifyFixpoint = Opts.VerifyFixpoint &&
6082 !F.hasFnAttribute("instcombine-no-verify-fixpoint");
6083
6084 /// Builder - This is an IRBuilder that automatically inserts new
6085 /// instructions into the worklist when they are created.
6087 F.getContext(), TargetFolder(DL),
6088 IRBuilderCallbackInserter([&Worklist, &AC](Instruction *I) {
6089 Worklist.add(I);
6090 if (auto *Assume = dyn_cast<AssumeInst>(I))
6091 AC.registerAssumption(Assume);
6092 }));
6093
6095
6096 // Lower dbg.declare intrinsics otherwise their value may be clobbered
6097 // by instcombiner.
6098 bool MadeIRChange = false;
6100 MadeIRChange = LowerDbgDeclare(F);
6101
6102 // Iterate while there is work to do.
6103 unsigned Iteration = 0;
6104 while (true) {
6105 if (Iteration >= Opts.MaxIterations && !VerifyFixpoint) {
6106 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n\n[IC] Iteration limit #" << Opts.MaxIterations
6107 << " on " << F.getName()
6108 << " reached; stopping without verifying fixpoint\n");
6109 break;
6110 }
6111
6112 ++Iteration;
6113 ++NumWorklistIterations;
6114 LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n\nINSTCOMBINE ITERATION #" << Iteration << " on "
6115 << F.getName() << "\n");
6116
6117 InstCombinerImpl IC(Worklist, Builder, F, AA, AC, TLI, TTI, DT, ORE, BFI,
6118 BPI, PSI, DL, RPOT);
6120 bool MadeChangeInThisIteration = IC.prepareWorklist(F);
6121 MadeChangeInThisIteration |= IC.run();
6122 if (!MadeChangeInThisIteration)
6123 break;
6124
6125 MadeIRChange = true;
6126 if (Iteration > Opts.MaxIterations) {
6128 "Instruction Combining on " + Twine(F.getName()) +
6129 " did not reach a fixpoint after " + Twine(Opts.MaxIterations) +
6130 " iterations. " +
6131 "Use 'instcombine<no-verify-fixpoint>' or function attribute "
6132 "'instcombine-no-verify-fixpoint' to suppress this error.");
6133 }
6134 }
6135
6136 if (Iteration == 1)
6137 ++NumOneIteration;
6138 else if (Iteration == 2)
6139 ++NumTwoIterations;
6140 else if (Iteration == 3)
6141 ++NumThreeIterations;
6142 else
6143 ++NumFourOrMoreIterations;
6144
6145 return MadeIRChange;
6146}
6147
6149
6151 raw_ostream &OS, function_ref<StringRef(StringRef)> MapClassName2PassName) {
6152 static_cast<PassInfoMixin<InstCombinePass> *>(this)->printPipeline(
6153 OS, MapClassName2PassName);
6154 OS << '<';
6155 OS << "max-iterations=" << Options.MaxIterations << ";";
6156 OS << (Options.VerifyFixpoint ? "" : "no-") << "verify-fixpoint";
6157 OS << '>';
6158}
6159
6160char InstCombinePass::ID = 0;
6161
6164 auto &LRT = AM.getResult<LastRunTrackingAnalysis>(F);
6165 // No changes since last InstCombine pass, exit early.
6166 if (LRT.shouldSkip(&ID))
6167 return PreservedAnalyses::all();
6168
6169 auto &AC = AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F);
6170 auto &DT = AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F);
6171 auto &TLI = AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F);
6173 auto &TTI = AM.getResult<TargetIRAnalysis>(F);
6174
6175 auto *AA = &AM.getResult<AAManager>(F);
6176 auto &MAMProxy = AM.getResult<ModuleAnalysisManagerFunctionProxy>(F);
6177 ProfileSummaryInfo *PSI =
6178 MAMProxy.getCachedResult<ProfileSummaryAnalysis>(*F.getParent());
6179 auto *BFI = (PSI && PSI->hasProfileSummary()) ?
6180 &AM.getResult<BlockFrequencyAnalysis>(F) : nullptr;
6182
6183 if (!combineInstructionsOverFunction(F, Worklist, AA, AC, TLI, TTI, DT, ORE,
6184 BFI, BPI, PSI, Options)) {
6185 // No changes, all analyses are preserved.
6186 LRT.update(&ID, /*Changed=*/false);
6187 return PreservedAnalyses::all();
6188 }
6189
6190 // Mark all the analyses that instcombine updates as preserved.
6192 LRT.update(&ID, /*Changed=*/true);
6195 return PA;
6196}
6197
6213
6215 if (skipFunction(F))
6216 return false;
6217
6218 // Required analyses.
6219 auto AA = &getAnalysis<AAResultsWrapperPass>().getAAResults();
6220 auto &AC = getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
6221 auto &TLI = getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(F);
6223 auto &DT = getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
6225
6226 // Optional analyses.
6227 ProfileSummaryInfo *PSI =
6229 BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI =
6230 (PSI && PSI->hasProfileSummary()) ?
6232 nullptr;
6233 BranchProbabilityInfo *BPI = nullptr;
6234 if (auto *WrapperPass =
6236 BPI = &WrapperPass->getBPI();
6237
6238 return combineInstructionsOverFunction(F, Worklist, AA, AC, TLI, TTI, DT, ORE,
6239 BFI, BPI, PSI, InstCombineOptions());
6240}
6241
6243
6247
6249 "Combine redundant instructions", false, false)
6260 "Combine redundant instructions", false, false)
6261
6262// Initialization Routines
6266
assert(UImm &&(UImm !=~static_cast< T >(0)) &&"Invalid immediate!")
AMDGPU Register Bank Select
Rewrite undef for PHI
This file declares a class to represent arbitrary precision floating point values and provide a varie...
This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integral constant values and operations...
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator DebugLoc DL
This is the interface for LLVM's primary stateless and local alias analysis.
static GCRegistry::Add< ErlangGC > A("erlang", "erlang-compatible garbage collector")
static GCRegistry::Add< StatepointGC > D("statepoint-example", "an example strategy for statepoint")
static GCRegistry::Add< CoreCLRGC > E("coreclr", "CoreCLR-compatible GC")
static GCRegistry::Add< OcamlGC > B("ocaml", "ocaml 3.10-compatible GC")
This file contains the declarations for the subclasses of Constant, which represent the different fla...
static bool willNotOverflow(BinaryOpIntrinsic *BO, LazyValueInfo *LVI)
DXIL Resource Access
This file provides an implementation of debug counters.
#define DEBUG_COUNTER(VARNAME, COUNTERNAME, DESC)
This file defines the DenseMap class.
This is the interface for a simple mod/ref and alias analysis over globals.
Hexagon Common GEP
IRTranslator LLVM IR MI
This file provides various utilities for inspecting and working with the control flow graph in LLVM I...
This header defines various interfaces for pass management in LLVM.
This defines the Use class.
iv Induction Variable Users
Definition IVUsers.cpp:48
static bool leftDistributesOverRight(Instruction::BinaryOps LOp, bool HasNUW, bool HasNSW, Intrinsic::ID ROp)
Return whether "X LOp (Y ROp Z)" is always equal to "(X LOp Y) ROp (X LOp Z)".
This file provides internal interfaces used to implement the InstCombine.
This file provides the primary interface to the instcombine pass.
static Value * simplifySwitchOnSelectUsingRanges(SwitchInst &SI, SelectInst *Select, bool IsTrueArm)
static bool isUsedWithinShuffleVector(Value *V)
static bool isNeverEqualToUnescapedAlloc(Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI, Instruction *AI)
static Constant * constantFoldBinOpWithSplat(unsigned Opcode, Constant *Vector, Constant *Splat, bool SplatLHS, const DataLayout &DL)
static bool shorter_filter(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS)
static Instruction * combineConstantOffsets(GetElementPtrInst &GEP, InstCombinerImpl &IC)
Combine constant offsets separated by variable offsets.
static Instruction * foldSelectGEP(GetElementPtrInst &GEP, InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder)
Thread a GEP operation with constant indices through the constant true/false arms of a select.
static bool shouldMergeGEPs(GEPOperator &GEP, GEPOperator &Src)
static cl::opt< unsigned > MaxArraySize("instcombine-maxarray-size", cl::init(1024), cl::desc("Maximum array size considered when doing a combine"))
static cl::opt< unsigned > ShouldLowerDbgDeclare("instcombine-lower-dbg-declare", cl::Hidden, cl::init(true))
static bool hasNoSignedWrap(BinaryOperator &I)
static bool simplifyAssocCastAssoc(BinaryOperator *BinOp1, InstCombinerImpl &IC)
Combine constant operands of associative operations either before or after a cast to eliminate one of...
static bool combineInstructionsOverFunction(Function &F, InstructionWorklist &Worklist, AliasAnalysis *AA, AssumptionCache &AC, TargetLibraryInfo &TLI, TargetTransformInfo &TTI, DominatorTree &DT, OptimizationRemarkEmitter &ORE, BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI, BranchProbabilityInfo *BPI, ProfileSummaryInfo *PSI, const InstCombineOptions &Opts)
static Value * simplifyInstructionWithPHI(Instruction &I, PHINode *PN, Value *InValue, BasicBlock *InBB, const DataLayout &DL, const SimplifyQuery SQ)
static bool shouldCanonicalizeGEPToPtrAdd(GetElementPtrInst &GEP)
Return true if we should canonicalize the gep to an i8 ptradd.
static void ClearSubclassDataAfterReassociation(BinaryOperator &I)
Conservatively clears subclassOptionalData after a reassociation or commutation.
static Value * getIdentityValue(Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode, Value *V)
This function returns identity value for given opcode, which can be used to factor patterns like (X *...
static Value * foldFrexpOfSelect(ExtractValueInst &EV, IntrinsicInst *FrexpCall, SelectInst *SelectInst, InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder)
static std::optional< std::pair< Value *, Value * > > matchSymmetricPhiNodesPair(PHINode *LHS, PHINode *RHS)
static Value * foldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, SelectInst *SI, Value *NewOp, InstCombiner &IC)
static Instruction * canonicalizeGEPOfConstGEPI8(GetElementPtrInst &GEP, GEPOperator *Src, InstCombinerImpl &IC)
static Instruction * tryToMoveFreeBeforeNullTest(CallInst &FI, const DataLayout &DL)
Move the call to free before a NULL test.
static Value * simplifyOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, SelectInst *SI, bool IsTrueArm)
static bool rightDistributesOverLeft(Instruction::BinaryOps LOp, Instruction::BinaryOps ROp)
Return whether "(X LOp Y) ROp Z" is always equal to "(X ROp Z) LOp (Y ROp Z)".
static Value * tryFactorization(BinaryOperator &I, const SimplifyQuery &SQ, InstCombiner::BuilderTy &Builder, Instruction::BinaryOps InnerOpcode, Value *A, Value *B, Value *C, Value *D)
This tries to simplify binary operations by factorizing out common terms (e.
static bool isRemovableWrite(CallBase &CB, Value *UsedV, const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI)
Given a call CB which uses an address UsedV, return true if we can prove the call's only possible eff...
static Instruction::BinaryOps getBinOpsForFactorization(Instruction::BinaryOps TopOpcode, BinaryOperator *Op, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS, BinaryOperator *OtherOp)
This function predicates factorization using distributive laws.
static bool hasNoUnsignedWrap(BinaryOperator &I)
static bool SoleWriteToDeadLocal(Instruction *I, TargetLibraryInfo &TLI)
Check for case where the call writes to an otherwise dead alloca.
static cl::opt< unsigned > MaxSinkNumUsers("instcombine-max-sink-users", cl::init(32), cl::desc("Maximum number of undroppable users for instruction sinking"))
static Instruction * foldGEPOfPhi(GetElementPtrInst &GEP, PHINode *PN, IRBuilderBase &Builder)
static std::optional< ModRefInfo > isAllocSiteRemovable(Instruction *AI, SmallVectorImpl< WeakTrackingVH > &Users, const TargetLibraryInfo &TLI, bool KnowInit)
static bool isCatchAll(EHPersonality Personality, Constant *TypeInfo)
Return 'true' if the given typeinfo will match anything.
static cl::opt< bool > EnableCodeSinking("instcombine-code-sinking", cl::desc("Enable code sinking"), cl::init(true))
static bool maintainNoSignedWrap(BinaryOperator &I, Value *B, Value *C)
static GEPNoWrapFlags getMergedGEPNoWrapFlags(GEPOperator &GEP1, GEPOperator &GEP2)
Determine nowrap flags for (gep (gep p, x), y) to (gep p, (x + y)) transform.
const AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::OperatorInfo AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::Ops[]
#define F(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:54
#define I(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:57
This file contains the declarations for metadata subclasses.
#define T
uint64_t IntrinsicInst * II
static bool IsSelect(MachineInstr &MI)
#define INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(depName)
Definition PassSupport.h:42
#define INITIALIZE_PASS_END(passName, arg, name, cfg, analysis)
Definition PassSupport.h:44
#define INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(passName, arg, name, cfg, analysis)
Definition PassSupport.h:39
const SmallVectorImpl< MachineOperand > & Cond
static unsigned getNumElements(Type *Ty)
unsigned OpIndex
BaseType
A given derived pointer can have multiple base pointers through phi/selects.
This file defines the SmallPtrSet class.
This file defines the SmallVector class.
This file defines the 'Statistic' class, which is designed to be an easy way to expose various metric...
#define STATISTIC(VARNAME, DESC)
Definition Statistic.h:171
#define LLVM_DEBUG(...)
Definition Debug.h:114
static unsigned getScalarSizeInBits(Type *Ty)
static TableGen::Emitter::Opt Y("gen-skeleton-entry", EmitSkeleton, "Generate example skeleton entry")
static TableGen::Emitter::OptClass< SkeletonEmitter > X("gen-skeleton-class", "Generate example skeleton class")
static SymbolRef::Type getType(const Symbol *Sym)
Definition TapiFile.cpp:39
This pass exposes codegen information to IR-level passes.
static std::optional< unsigned > getOpcode(ArrayRef< VPValue * > Values)
Returns the opcode of Values or ~0 if they do not all agree.
Definition VPlanSLP.cpp:247
Value * RHS
Value * LHS
static const uint32_t IV[8]
Definition blake3_impl.h:83
bool isNoAliasScopeDeclDead(Instruction *Inst)
void analyse(Instruction *I)
The Input class is used to parse a yaml document into in-memory structs and vectors.
A manager for alias analyses.
A wrapper pass to provide the legacy pass manager access to a suitably prepared AAResults object.
static constexpr roundingMode rmNearestTiesToEven
Definition APFloat.h:344
static LLVM_ABI unsigned int semanticsPrecision(const fltSemantics &)
Definition APFloat.cpp:213
Class for arbitrary precision integers.
Definition APInt.h:78
static APInt getAllOnes(unsigned numBits)
Return an APInt of a specified width with all bits set.
Definition APInt.h:235
static LLVM_ABI void udivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, APInt &Quotient, APInt &Remainder)
Dual division/remainder interface.
Definition APInt.cpp:1769
bool isMinSignedValue() const
Determine if this is the smallest signed value.
Definition APInt.h:424
static LLVM_ABI void sdivrem(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS, APInt &Quotient, APInt &Remainder)
Definition APInt.cpp:1901
LLVM_ABI APInt trunc(unsigned width) const
Truncate to new width.
Definition APInt.cpp:936
bool isAllOnes() const
Determine if all bits are set. This is true for zero-width values.
Definition APInt.h:372
bool isZero() const
Determine if this value is zero, i.e. all bits are clear.
Definition APInt.h:381
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Return the number of bits in the APInt.
Definition APInt.h:1497
LLVM_ABI APInt sadd_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const
Definition APInt.cpp:1939
APInt ashr(unsigned ShiftAmt) const
Arithmetic right-shift function.
Definition APInt.h:828
LLVM_ABI APInt smul_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const
Definition APInt.cpp:1971
bool isMaxSignedValue() const
Determine if this is the largest signed value.
Definition APInt.h:406
bool isNonNegative() const
Determine if this APInt Value is non-negative (>= 0)
Definition APInt.h:335
bool ule(const APInt &RHS) const
Unsigned less or equal comparison.
Definition APInt.h:1151
bool isPowerOf2() const
Check if this APInt's value is a power of two greater than zero.
Definition APInt.h:441
static APInt getLowBitsSet(unsigned numBits, unsigned loBitsSet)
Constructs an APInt value that has the bottom loBitsSet bits set.
Definition APInt.h:307
LLVM_ABI APInt ssub_ov(const APInt &RHS, bool &Overflow) const
Definition APInt.cpp:1952
APInt lshr(unsigned shiftAmt) const
Logical right-shift function.
Definition APInt.h:852
PassT::Result * getCachedResult(IRUnitT &IR) const
Get the cached result of an analysis pass for a given IR unit.
PassT::Result & getResult(IRUnitT &IR, ExtraArgTs... ExtraArgs)
Get the result of an analysis pass for a given IR unit.
Represent the analysis usage information of a pass.
AnalysisUsage & addRequired()
AnalysisUsage & addPreserved()
Add the specified Pass class to the set of analyses preserved by this pass.
LLVM_ABI void setPreservesCFG()
This function should be called by the pass, iff they do not:
Definition Pass.cpp:270
ArrayRef - Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:40
ArrayRef< T > take_front(size_t N=1) const
Return a copy of *this with only the first N elements.
Definition ArrayRef.h:219
size_t size() const
size - Get the array size.
Definition ArrayRef.h:142
Class to represent array types.
static LLVM_ABI ArrayType * get(Type *ElementType, uint64_t NumElements)
This static method is the primary way to construct an ArrayType.
uint64_t getNumElements() const
Type * getElementType() const
A function analysis which provides an AssumptionCache.
An immutable pass that tracks lazily created AssumptionCache objects.
A cache of @llvm.assume calls within a function.
LLVM_ABI void registerAssumption(AssumeInst *CI)
Add an @llvm.assume intrinsic to this function's cache.
Functions, function parameters, and return types can have attributes to indicate how they should be t...
Definition Attributes.h:103
LLVM_ABI uint64_t getDereferenceableBytes() const
Returns the number of dereferenceable bytes from the dereferenceable attribute.
bool isValid() const
Return true if the attribute is any kind of attribute.
Definition Attributes.h:259
Legacy wrapper pass to provide the BasicAAResult object.
LLVM Basic Block Representation.
Definition BasicBlock.h:62
iterator_range< const_phi_iterator > phis() const
Returns a range that iterates over the phis in the basic block.
Definition BasicBlock.h:539
LLVM_ABI const_iterator getFirstInsertionPt() const
Returns an iterator to the first instruction in this block that is suitable for inserting a non-PHI i...
LLVM_ABI iterator_range< filter_iterator< BasicBlock::const_iterator, std::function< bool(const Instruction &)> > > instructionsWithoutDebug(bool SkipPseudoOp=true) const
Return a const iterator range over the instructions in the block, skipping any debug instructions.
LLVM_ABI InstListType::const_iterator getFirstNonPHIIt() const
Returns an iterator to the first instruction in this block that is not a PHINode instruction.
LLVM_ABI bool isEntryBlock() const
Return true if this is the entry block of the containing function.
LLVM_ABI const BasicBlock * getSinglePredecessor() const
Return the predecessor of this block if it has a single predecessor block.
const Instruction & front() const
Definition BasicBlock.h:493
LLVM_ABI const BasicBlock * getUniquePredecessor() const
Return the predecessor of this block if it has a unique predecessor block.
InstListType::iterator iterator
Instruction iterators...
Definition BasicBlock.h:170
LLVM_ABI const_iterator getFirstNonPHIOrDbgOrAlloca() const
Returns an iterator to the first instruction in this block that is not a PHINode, a debug intrinsic,...
size_t size() const
Definition BasicBlock.h:491
const Instruction * getTerminator() const LLVM_READONLY
Returns the terminator instruction if the block is well formed or null if the block is not well forme...
Definition BasicBlock.h:233
static LLVM_ABI BinaryOperator * CreateNeg(Value *Op, const Twine &Name="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
Helper functions to construct and inspect unary operations (NEG and NOT) via binary operators SUB and...
BinaryOps getOpcode() const
Definition InstrTypes.h:374
static LLVM_ABI BinaryOperator * Create(BinaryOps Op, Value *S1, Value *S2, const Twine &Name=Twine(), InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
Construct a binary instruction, given the opcode and the two operands.
static BinaryOperator * CreateNUW(BinaryOps Opc, Value *V1, Value *V2, const Twine &Name="")
Definition InstrTypes.h:294
Analysis pass which computes BlockFrequencyInfo.
BlockFrequencyInfo pass uses BlockFrequencyInfoImpl implementation to estimate IR basic block frequen...
Conditional or Unconditional Branch instruction.
LLVM_ABI void swapSuccessors()
Swap the successors of this branch instruction.
bool isConditional() const
BasicBlock * getSuccessor(unsigned i) const
bool isUnconditional() const
Value * getCondition() const
Analysis pass which computes BranchProbabilityInfo.
Analysis providing branch probability information.
Represents analyses that only rely on functions' control flow.
Definition Analysis.h:73
Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) Holds everything related to callin...
Function * getCalledFunction() const
Returns the function called, or null if this is an indirect function invocation or the function signa...
void setAttributes(AttributeList A)
Set the attributes for this call.
bool doesNotThrow() const
Determine if the call cannot unwind.
Value * getArgOperand(unsigned i) const
AttributeList getAttributes() const
Return the attributes for this call.
This class represents a function call, abstracting a target machine's calling convention.
static CallInst * Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *F, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
static LLVM_ABI CastInst * Create(Instruction::CastOps, Value *S, Type *Ty, const Twine &Name="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
Provides a way to construct any of the CastInst subclasses using an opcode instead of the subclass's ...
Predicate
This enumeration lists the possible predicates for CmpInst subclasses.
Definition InstrTypes.h:676
@ ICMP_UGT
unsigned greater than
Definition InstrTypes.h:699
@ ICMP_ULT
unsigned less than
Definition InstrTypes.h:701
@ ICMP_NE
not equal
Definition InstrTypes.h:698
Predicate getSwappedPredicate() const
For example, EQ->EQ, SLE->SGE, ULT->UGT, OEQ->OEQ, ULE->UGE, OLT->OGT, etc.
Definition InstrTypes.h:827
Predicate getInversePredicate() const
For example, EQ -> NE, UGT -> ULE, SLT -> SGE, OEQ -> UNE, UGT -> OLE, OLT -> UGE,...
Definition InstrTypes.h:789
An abstraction over a floating-point predicate, and a pack of an integer predicate with samesign info...
ConstantArray - Constant Array Declarations.
Definition Constants.h:438
static LLVM_ABI Constant * get(ArrayType *T, ArrayRef< Constant * > V)
A vector constant whose element type is a simple 1/2/4/8-byte integer or float/double,...
Definition Constants.h:781
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getSub(Constant *C1, Constant *C2, bool HasNUW=false, bool HasNSW=false)
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getNot(Constant *C)
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getAdd(Constant *C1, Constant *C2, bool HasNUW=false, bool HasNSW=false)
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getBinOpIdentity(unsigned Opcode, Type *Ty, bool AllowRHSConstant=false, bool NSZ=false)
Return the identity constant for a binary opcode.
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getNeg(Constant *C, bool HasNSW=false)
This is the shared class of boolean and integer constants.
Definition Constants.h:87
static LLVM_ABI ConstantInt * getTrue(LLVMContext &Context)
static LLVM_ABI ConstantInt * getFalse(LLVMContext &Context)
static LLVM_ABI ConstantInt * getBool(LLVMContext &Context, bool V)
This class represents a range of values.
LLVM_ABI bool getEquivalentICmp(CmpInst::Predicate &Pred, APInt &RHS) const
Set up Pred and RHS such that ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RHS) == *this.
static LLVM_ABI ConstantRange makeExactICmpRegion(CmpInst::Predicate Pred, const APInt &Other)
Produce the exact range such that all values in the returned range satisfy the given predicate with a...
LLVM_ABI bool contains(const APInt &Val) const
Return true if the specified value is in the set.
static LLVM_ABI ConstantRange makeExactNoWrapRegion(Instruction::BinaryOps BinOp, const APInt &Other, unsigned NoWrapKind)
Produce the range that contains X if and only if "X BinOp Other" does not wrap.
Constant Vector Declarations.
Definition Constants.h:522
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getSplat(ElementCount EC, Constant *Elt)
Return a ConstantVector with the specified constant in each element.
static LLVM_ABI Constant * get(ArrayRef< Constant * > V)
This is an important base class in LLVM.
Definition Constant.h:43
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getIntegerValue(Type *Ty, const APInt &V)
Return the value for an integer or pointer constant, or a vector thereof, with the given scalar value...
static LLVM_ABI Constant * replaceUndefsWith(Constant *C, Constant *Replacement)
Try to replace undefined constant C or undefined elements in C with Replacement.
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getAllOnesValue(Type *Ty)
const Constant * stripPointerCasts() const
Definition Constant.h:222
static LLVM_ABI Constant * getNullValue(Type *Ty)
Constructor to create a '0' constant of arbitrary type.
LLVM_ABI Constant * getAggregateElement(unsigned Elt) const
For aggregates (struct/array/vector) return the constant that corresponds to the specified element if...
LLVM_ABI bool isNullValue() const
Return true if this is the value that would be returned by getNullValue.
Definition Constants.cpp:90
static LLVM_ABI DIExpression * appendOpsToArg(const DIExpression *Expr, ArrayRef< uint64_t > Ops, unsigned ArgNo, bool StackValue=false)
Create a copy of Expr by appending the given list of Ops to each instance of the operand DW_OP_LLVM_a...
A parsed version of the target data layout string in and methods for querying it.
Definition DataLayout.h:64
Record of a variable value-assignment, aka a non instruction representation of the dbg....
static bool shouldExecute(CounterInfo &Counter)
Identifies a unique instance of a variable.
ValueT lookup(const_arg_type_t< KeyT > Val) const
lookup - Return the entry for the specified key, or a default constructed value if no such entry exis...
Definition DenseMap.h:205
iterator find(const_arg_type_t< KeyT > Val)
Definition DenseMap.h:178
bool empty() const
Definition DenseMap.h:109
iterator end()
Definition DenseMap.h:81
std::pair< iterator, bool > insert(const std::pair< KeyT, ValueT > &KV)
Definition DenseMap.h:241
Analysis pass which computes a DominatorTree.
Definition Dominators.h:283
Legacy analysis pass which computes a DominatorTree.
Definition Dominators.h:321
Concrete subclass of DominatorTreeBase that is used to compute a normal dominator tree.
Definition Dominators.h:164
This instruction extracts a struct member or array element value from an aggregate value.
ArrayRef< unsigned > getIndices() const
iterator_range< idx_iterator > indices() const
idx_iterator idx_end() const
static ExtractValueInst * Create(Value *Agg, ArrayRef< unsigned > Idxs, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
idx_iterator idx_begin() const
Utility class for floating point operations which can have information about relaxed accuracy require...
Definition Operator.h:200
Convenience struct for specifying and reasoning about fast-math flags.
Definition FMF.h:22
This class represents a freeze function that returns random concrete value if an operand is either a ...
FunctionPass class - This class is used to implement most global optimizations.
Definition Pass.h:314
FunctionPass(char &pid)
Definition Pass.h:316
bool skipFunction(const Function &F) const
Optional passes call this function to check whether the pass should be skipped.
Definition Pass.cpp:188
const BasicBlock & getEntryBlock() const
Definition Function.h:813
Represents flags for the getelementptr instruction/expression.
static GEPNoWrapFlags inBounds()
static GEPNoWrapFlags all()
static GEPNoWrapFlags noUnsignedWrap()
GEPNoWrapFlags intersectForReassociate(GEPNoWrapFlags Other) const
Given (gep (gep p, x), y), determine the nowrap flags for (gep (gep, p, y), x).
bool hasNoUnsignedWrap() const
bool isInBounds() const
GEPNoWrapFlags intersectForOffsetAdd(GEPNoWrapFlags Other) const
Given (gep (gep p, x), y), determine the nowrap flags for (gep p, x+y).
static GEPNoWrapFlags none()
GEPNoWrapFlags getNoWrapFlags() const
Definition Operator.h:425
an instruction for type-safe pointer arithmetic to access elements of arrays and structs
static LLVM_ABI Type * getTypeAtIndex(Type *Ty, Value *Idx)
Return the type of the element at the given index of an indexable type.
static GetElementPtrInst * Create(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, ArrayRef< Value * > IdxList, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
static LLVM_ABI Type * getIndexedType(Type *Ty, ArrayRef< Value * > IdxList)
Returns the result type of a getelementptr with the given source element type and indexes.
static GetElementPtrInst * CreateInBounds(Type *PointeeType, Value *Ptr, ArrayRef< Value * > IdxList, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
Create an "inbounds" getelementptr.
Legacy wrapper pass to provide the GlobalsAAResult object.
This instruction compares its operands according to the predicate given to the constructor.
CmpPredicate getCmpPredicate() const
static bool isEquality(Predicate P)
Return true if this predicate is either EQ or NE.
Common base class shared among various IRBuilders.
Definition IRBuilder.h:114
Value * CreatePtrAdd(Value *Ptr, Value *Offset, const Twine &Name="", GEPNoWrapFlags NW=GEPNoWrapFlags::none())
Definition IRBuilder.h:2022
ConstantInt * getInt(const APInt &AI)
Get a constant integer value.
Definition IRBuilder.h:538
Provides an 'InsertHelper' that calls a user-provided callback after performing the default insertion...
Definition IRBuilder.h:75
This provides a uniform API for creating instructions and inserting them into a basic block: either a...
Definition IRBuilder.h:2772
This instruction inserts a struct field of array element value into an aggregate value.
static InsertValueInst * Create(Value *Agg, Value *Val, ArrayRef< unsigned > Idxs, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
LLVM_ABI InstCombinePass(InstCombineOptions Opts={})
LLVM_ABI void printPipeline(raw_ostream &OS, function_ref< StringRef(StringRef)> MapClassName2PassName)
LLVM_ABI PreservedAnalyses run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM)
Instruction * foldBinOpOfSelectAndCastOfSelectCondition(BinaryOperator &I)
Tries to simplify binops of select and cast of the select condition.
Instruction * foldBinOpIntoSelectOrPhi(BinaryOperator &I)
This is a convenience wrapper function for the above two functions.
bool SimplifyAssociativeOrCommutative(BinaryOperator &I)
Performs a few simplifications for operators which are associative or commutative.
Instruction * visitGEPOfGEP(GetElementPtrInst &GEP, GEPOperator *Src)
Value * foldUsingDistributiveLaws(BinaryOperator &I)
Tries to simplify binary operations which some other binary operation distributes over.
Instruction * foldBinOpShiftWithShift(BinaryOperator &I)
Instruction * visitUnreachableInst(UnreachableInst &I)
Instruction * foldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I, PHINode *PN, bool AllowMultipleUses=false)
Given a binary operator, cast instruction, or select which has a PHI node as operand #0,...
void handleUnreachableFrom(Instruction *I, SmallVectorImpl< BasicBlock * > &Worklist)
Value * SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, APInt DemandedElts, APInt &PoisonElts, unsigned Depth=0, bool AllowMultipleUsers=false) override
The specified value produces a vector with any number of elements.
Instruction * visitFreeze(FreezeInst &I)
Instruction * foldBinOpSelectBinOp(BinaryOperator &Op)
In some cases it is beneficial to fold a select into a binary operator.
void handlePotentiallyDeadBlocks(SmallVectorImpl< BasicBlock * > &Worklist)
bool prepareWorklist(Function &F)
Perform early cleanup and prepare the InstCombine worklist.
Instruction * FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI, bool FoldWithMultiUse=false, bool SimplifyBothArms=false)
Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a constant as the other operand,...
Instruction * visitFree(CallInst &FI, Value *FreedOp)
Instruction * visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EV)
void handlePotentiallyDeadSuccessors(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *LiveSucc)
Instruction * visitUnconditionalBranchInst(BranchInst &BI)
Instruction * foldBinopWithRecurrence(BinaryOperator &BO)
Try to fold binary operators whose operands are simple interleaved recurrences to a single recurrence...
Instruction * eraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) override
Combiner aware instruction erasure.
Instruction * visitLandingPadInst(LandingPadInst &LI)
Instruction * visitReturnInst(ReturnInst &RI)
Instruction * visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI)
Instruction * foldBinopWithPhiOperands(BinaryOperator &BO)
For a binary operator with 2 phi operands, try to hoist the binary operation before the phi.
bool mergeStoreIntoSuccessor(StoreInst &SI)
Try to transform: if () { *P = v1; } else { *P = v2 } or: *P = v1; if () { *P = v2; }...
Instruction * tryFoldInstWithCtpopWithNot(Instruction *I)
bool SimplifyDemandedFPClass(Instruction *I, unsigned Op, FPClassTest DemandedMask, KnownFPClass &Known, unsigned Depth=0)
void CreateNonTerminatorUnreachable(Instruction *InsertAt)
Create and insert the idiom we use to indicate a block is unreachable without having to rewrite the C...
Value * pushFreezeToPreventPoisonFromPropagating(FreezeInst &FI)
bool run()
Run the combiner over the entire worklist until it is empty.
Instruction * foldVectorBinop(BinaryOperator &Inst)
Canonicalize the position of binops relative to shufflevector.
bool removeInstructionsBeforeUnreachable(Instruction &I)
Value * SimplifySelectsFeedingBinaryOp(BinaryOperator &I, Value *LHS, Value *RHS)
void tryToSinkInstructionDbgVariableRecords(Instruction *I, BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos, BasicBlock *SrcBlock, BasicBlock *DestBlock, SmallVectorImpl< DbgVariableRecord * > &DPUsers)
void addDeadEdge(BasicBlock *From, BasicBlock *To, SmallVectorImpl< BasicBlock * > &Worklist)
Constant * unshuffleConstant(ArrayRef< int > ShMask, Constant *C, VectorType *NewCTy)
Find a constant NewC that has property: shuffle(NewC, ShMask) = C Returns nullptr if such a constant ...
Instruction * visitAllocSite(Instruction &FI)
Instruction * visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP)
Instruction * visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI)
Value * tryFactorizationFolds(BinaryOperator &I)
This tries to simplify binary operations by factorizing out common terms (e.
Instruction * foldFreezeIntoRecurrence(FreezeInst &I, PHINode *PN)
bool tryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock)
Try to move the specified instruction from its current block into the beginning of DestBlock,...
bool freezeOtherUses(FreezeInst &FI)
void freelyInvertAllUsersOf(Value *V, Value *IgnoredUser=nullptr)
Freely adapt every user of V as-if V was changed to !V.
The core instruction combiner logic.
SimplifyQuery SQ
const DataLayout & getDataLayout() const
IRBuilder< TargetFolder, IRBuilderCallbackInserter > BuilderTy
An IRBuilder that automatically inserts new instructions into the worklist.
bool isFreeToInvert(Value *V, bool WillInvertAllUses, bool &DoesConsume)
Return true if the specified value is free to invert (apply ~ to).
static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V)
Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values.
TargetLibraryInfo & TLI
unsigned ComputeNumSignBits(const Value *Op, const Instruction *CxtI=nullptr, unsigned Depth=0) const
Instruction * InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, BasicBlock::iterator Old)
Inserts an instruction New before instruction Old.
Instruction * replaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V)
A combiner-aware RAUW-like routine.
uint64_t MaxArraySizeForCombine
Maximum size of array considered when transforming.
static bool shouldAvoidAbsorbingNotIntoSelect(const SelectInst &SI)
void replaceUse(Use &U, Value *NewValue)
Replace use and add the previously used value to the worklist.
static bool isCanonicalPredicate(CmpPredicate Pred)
Predicate canonicalization reduces the number of patterns that need to be matched by other transforms...
InstructionWorklist & Worklist
A worklist of the instructions that need to be simplified.
Instruction * InsertNewInstWith(Instruction *New, BasicBlock::iterator Old)
Same as InsertNewInstBefore, but also sets the debug loc.
BranchProbabilityInfo * BPI
ReversePostOrderTraversal< BasicBlock * > & RPOT
const DataLayout & DL
DomConditionCache DC
const bool MinimizeSize
void computeKnownBits(const Value *V, KnownBits &Known, const Instruction *CxtI, unsigned Depth=0) const
std::optional< Instruction * > targetInstCombineIntrinsic(IntrinsicInst &II)
AssumptionCache & AC
void addToWorklist(Instruction *I)
Value * getFreelyInvertedImpl(Value *V, bool WillInvertAllUses, BuilderTy *Builder, bool &DoesConsume, unsigned Depth)
Return nonnull value if V is free to invert under the condition of WillInvertAllUses.
SmallDenseSet< std::pair< const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock * >, 8 > BackEdges
Backedges, used to avoid pushing instructions across backedges in cases where this may result in infi...
std::optional< Value * > targetSimplifyDemandedVectorEltsIntrinsic(IntrinsicInst &II, APInt DemandedElts, APInt &UndefElts, APInt &UndefElts2, APInt &UndefElts3, std::function< void(Instruction *, unsigned, APInt, APInt &)> SimplifyAndSetOp)
Instruction * replaceOperand(Instruction &I, unsigned OpNum, Value *V)
Replace operand of instruction and add old operand to the worklist.
DominatorTree & DT
static Constant * getSafeVectorConstantForBinop(BinaryOperator::BinaryOps Opcode, Constant *In, bool IsRHSConstant)
Some binary operators require special handling to avoid poison and undefined behavior.
SmallDenseSet< std::pair< BasicBlock *, BasicBlock * >, 8 > DeadEdges
Edges that are known to never be taken.
std::optional< Value * > targetSimplifyDemandedUseBitsIntrinsic(IntrinsicInst &II, APInt DemandedMask, KnownBits &Known, bool &KnownBitsComputed)
BuilderTy & Builder
bool isValidAddrSpaceCast(unsigned FromAS, unsigned ToAS) const
Value * getFreelyInverted(Value *V, bool WillInvertAllUses, BuilderTy *Builder, bool &DoesConsume)
bool isBackEdge(const BasicBlock *From, const BasicBlock *To)
void visit(Iterator Start, Iterator End)
Definition InstVisitor.h:87
The legacy pass manager's instcombine pass.
Definition InstCombine.h:68
void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override
getAnalysisUsage - This function should be overriden by passes that need analysis information to do t...
bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override
runOnFunction - Virtual method overriden by subclasses to do the per-function processing of the pass.
InstructionWorklist - This is the worklist management logic for InstCombine and other simplification ...
void add(Instruction *I)
Add instruction to the worklist.
LLVM_ABI void dropUBImplyingAttrsAndMetadata(ArrayRef< unsigned > Keep={})
Drop any attributes or metadata that can cause immediate undefined behavior.
static bool isBitwiseLogicOp(unsigned Opcode)
Determine if the Opcode is and/or/xor.
LLVM_ABI void copyIRFlags(const Value *V, bool IncludeWrapFlags=true)
Convenience method to copy supported exact, fast-math, and (optionally) wrapping flags from V to this...
const DebugLoc & getDebugLoc() const
Return the debug location for this node as a DebugLoc.
LLVM_ABI const Module * getModule() const
Return the module owning the function this instruction belongs to or nullptr it the function does not...
LLVM_ABI void setAAMetadata(const AAMDNodes &N)
Sets the AA metadata on this instruction from the AAMDNodes structure.
LLVM_ABI bool isAssociative() const LLVM_READONLY
Return true if the instruction is associative:
LLVM_ABI bool isCommutative() const LLVM_READONLY
Return true if the instruction is commutative:
LLVM_ABI void moveBefore(InstListType::iterator InsertPos)
Unlink this instruction from its current basic block and insert it into the basic block that MovePos ...
LLVM_ABI void setFastMathFlags(FastMathFlags FMF)
Convenience function for setting multiple fast-math flags on this instruction, which must be an opera...
LLVM_ABI const Function * getFunction() const
Return the function this instruction belongs to.
bool isTerminator() const
LLVM_ABI FastMathFlags getFastMathFlags() const LLVM_READONLY
Convenience function for getting all the fast-math flags, which must be an operator which supports th...
LLVM_ABI bool willReturn() const LLVM_READONLY
Return true if the instruction will return (unwinding is considered as a form of returning control fl...
unsigned getOpcode() const
Returns a member of one of the enums like Instruction::Add.
bool isBitwiseLogicOp() const
Return true if this is and/or/xor.
bool isShift() const
LLVM_ABI void dropPoisonGeneratingFlags()
Drops flags that may cause this instruction to evaluate to poison despite having non-poison inputs.
void setDebugLoc(DebugLoc Loc)
Set the debug location information for this instruction.
bool isIntDivRem() const
Class to represent integer types.
static LLVM_ABI IntegerType * get(LLVMContext &C, unsigned NumBits)
This static method is the primary way of constructing an IntegerType.
Definition Type.cpp:318
A wrapper class for inspecting calls to intrinsic functions.
Invoke instruction.
static InvokeInst * Create(FunctionType *Ty, Value *Func, BasicBlock *IfNormal, BasicBlock *IfException, ArrayRef< Value * > Args, const Twine &NameStr, InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
The landingpad instruction holds all of the information necessary to generate correct exception handl...
bool isCleanup() const
Return 'true' if this landingpad instruction is a cleanup.
unsigned getNumClauses() const
Get the number of clauses for this landing pad.
static LLVM_ABI LandingPadInst * Create(Type *RetTy, unsigned NumReservedClauses, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
Constructors - NumReservedClauses is a hint for the number of incoming clauses that this landingpad w...
LLVM_ABI void addClause(Constant *ClauseVal)
Add a catch or filter clause to the landing pad.
bool isCatch(unsigned Idx) const
Return 'true' if the clause and index Idx is a catch clause.
bool isFilter(unsigned Idx) const
Return 'true' if the clause and index Idx is a filter clause.
Constant * getClause(unsigned Idx) const
Get the value of the clause at index Idx.
void setCleanup(bool V)
Indicate that this landingpad instruction is a cleanup.
A function/module analysis which provides an empty LastRunTrackingInfo.
This is an alternative analysis pass to BlockFrequencyInfoWrapperPass.
static void getLazyBFIAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU)
Helper for client passes to set up the analysis usage on behalf of this pass.
An instruction for reading from memory.
Value * getPointerOperand()
bool isVolatile() const
Return true if this is a load from a volatile memory location.
Metadata node.
Definition Metadata.h:1080
const MDOperand & getOperand(unsigned I) const
Definition Metadata.h:1444
unsigned getNumOperands() const
Return number of MDNode operands.
Definition Metadata.h:1450
Tracking metadata reference owned by Metadata.
Definition Metadata.h:902
This is the common base class for memset/memcpy/memmove.
static LLVM_ABI MemoryLocation getForDest(const MemIntrinsic *MI)
Return a location representing the destination of a memory set or transfer.
Root of the metadata hierarchy.
Definition Metadata.h:64
Value * getLHS() const
Value * getRHS() const
static ICmpInst::Predicate getPredicate(Intrinsic::ID ID)
Returns the comparison predicate underlying the intrinsic.
A Module instance is used to store all the information related to an LLVM module.
Definition Module.h:67
MDNode * getScopeList() const
OptimizationRemarkEmitter legacy analysis pass.
The optimization diagnostic interface.
Utility class for integer operators which may exhibit overflow - Add, Sub, Mul, and Shl.
Definition Operator.h:78
bool hasNoSignedWrap() const
Test whether this operation is known to never undergo signed overflow, aka the nsw property.
Definition Operator.h:111
bool hasNoUnsignedWrap() const
Test whether this operation is known to never undergo unsigned overflow, aka the nuw property.
Definition Operator.h:105
void addIncoming(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB)
Add an incoming value to the end of the PHI list.
op_range incoming_values()
BasicBlock * getIncomingBlock(unsigned i) const
Return incoming basic block number i.
Value * getIncomingValue(unsigned i) const
Return incoming value number x.
unsigned getNumIncomingValues() const
Return the number of incoming edges.
static PHINode * Create(Type *Ty, unsigned NumReservedValues, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr)
Constructors - NumReservedValues is a hint for the number of incoming edges that this phi node will h...
PassRegistry - This class manages the registration and intitialization of the pass subsystem as appli...
static LLVM_ABI PassRegistry * getPassRegistry()
getPassRegistry - Access the global registry object, which is automatically initialized at applicatio...
AnalysisType & getAnalysis() const
getAnalysis<AnalysisType>() - This function is used by subclasses to get to the analysis information ...
AnalysisType * getAnalysisIfAvailable() const
getAnalysisIfAvailable<AnalysisType>() - Subclasses use this function to get analysis information tha...
In order to facilitate speculative execution, many instructions do not invoke immediate undefined beh...
Definition Constants.h:1478
static LLVM_ABI PoisonValue * get(Type *T)
Static factory methods - Return an 'poison' object of the specified type.
A set of analyses that are preserved following a run of a transformation pass.
Definition Analysis.h:112
static PreservedAnalyses all()
Construct a special preserved set that preserves all passes.
Definition Analysis.h:118
PreservedAnalyses & preserveSet()
Mark an analysis set as preserved.
Definition Analysis.h:151
PreservedAnalyses & preserve()
Mark an analysis as preserved.
Definition Analysis.h:132
An analysis pass based on the new PM to deliver ProfileSummaryInfo.
An analysis pass based on legacy pass manager to deliver ProfileSummaryInfo.
Analysis providing profile information.
bool hasProfileSummary() const
Returns true if profile summary is available.
A global registry used in conjunction with static constructors to make pluggable components (like tar...
Definition Registry.h:53
Return a value (possibly void), from a function.
Value * getReturnValue() const
Convenience accessor. Returns null if there is no return value.
This class represents the LLVM 'select' instruction.
const Value * getFalseValue() const
const Value * getCondition() const
static SelectInst * Create(Value *C, Value *S1, Value *S2, const Twine &NameStr="", InsertPosition InsertBefore=nullptr, const Instruction *MDFrom=nullptr)
const Value * getTrueValue() const
bool insert(const value_type &X)
Insert a new element into the SetVector.
Definition SetVector.h:151
This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two input vectors.
size_type size() const
Definition SmallPtrSet.h:99
size_type count(ConstPtrType Ptr) const
count - Return 1 if the specified pointer is in the set, 0 otherwise.
std::pair< iterator, bool > insert(PtrType Ptr)
Inserts Ptr if and only if there is no element in the container equal to Ptr.
bool contains(ConstPtrType Ptr) const
SmallPtrSet - This class implements a set which is optimized for holding SmallSize or less elements.
A SetVector that performs no allocations if smaller than a certain size.
Definition SetVector.h:339
SmallSet - This maintains a set of unique values, optimizing for the case when the set is small (less...
Definition SmallSet.h:133
std::pair< const_iterator, bool > insert(const T &V)
insert - Insert an element into the set if it isn't already there.
Definition SmallSet.h:183
This class consists of common code factored out of the SmallVector class to reduce code duplication b...
reference emplace_back(ArgTypes &&... Args)
void reserve(size_type N)
iterator erase(const_iterator CI)
void append(ItTy in_start, ItTy in_end)
Add the specified range to the end of the SmallVector.
typename SuperClass::iterator iterator
void push_back(const T &Elt)
This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized for the case when the array is small.
An instruction for storing to memory.
StringRef - Represent a constant reference to a string, i.e.
Definition StringRef.h:55
Multiway switch.
TargetFolder - Create constants with target dependent folding.
Analysis pass providing the TargetTransformInfo.
Analysis pass providing the TargetLibraryInfo.
Provides information about what library functions are available for the current target.
bool has(LibFunc F) const
Tests whether a library function is available.
bool getLibFunc(StringRef funcName, LibFunc &F) const
Searches for a particular function name.
Wrapper pass for TargetTransformInfo.
This pass provides access to the codegen interfaces that are needed for IR-level transformations.
Twine - A lightweight data structure for efficiently representing the concatenation of temporary valu...
Definition Twine.h:82
The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created, they are never changed.
Definition Type.h:45
bool isVectorTy() const
True if this is an instance of VectorType.
Definition Type.h:273
LLVM_ABI bool isScalableTy(SmallPtrSetImpl< const Type * > &Visited) const
Return true if this is a type whose size is a known multiple of vscale.
Definition Type.cpp:61
bool isPointerTy() const
True if this is an instance of PointerType.
Definition Type.h:267
LLVM_ABI unsigned getPointerAddressSpace() const
Get the address space of this pointer or pointer vector type.
static LLVM_ABI IntegerType * getInt8Ty(LLVMContext &C)
Definition Type.cpp:294
Type * getScalarType() const
If this is a vector type, return the element type, otherwise return 'this'.
Definition Type.h:352
bool isStructTy() const
True if this is an instance of StructType.
Definition Type.h:261
LLVM_ABI TypeSize getPrimitiveSizeInBits() const LLVM_READONLY
Return the basic size of this type if it is a primitive type.
Definition Type.cpp:197
bool isSized(SmallPtrSetImpl< Type * > *Visited=nullptr) const
Return true if it makes sense to take the size of this type.
Definition Type.h:311
LLVM_ABI unsigned getScalarSizeInBits() const LLVM_READONLY
If this is a vector type, return the getPrimitiveSizeInBits value for the element type.
Definition Type.cpp:230
static LLVM_ABI IntegerType * getInt1Ty(LLVMContext &C)
Definition Type.cpp:293
bool isIntegerTy() const
True if this is an instance of IntegerType.
Definition Type.h:240
LLVM_ABI const fltSemantics & getFltSemantics() const
Definition Type.cpp:106
static LLVM_ABI UndefValue * get(Type *T)
Static factory methods - Return an 'undef' object of the specified type.
This function has undefined behavior.
A Use represents the edge between a Value definition and its users.
Definition Use.h:35
Use * op_iterator
Definition User.h:254
op_range operands()
Definition User.h:267
op_iterator op_begin()
Definition User.h:259
const Use & getOperandUse(unsigned i) const
Definition User.h:220
LLVM_ABI bool isDroppable() const
A droppable user is a user for which uses can be dropped without affecting correctness and should be ...
Definition User.cpp:119
LLVM_ABI bool replaceUsesOfWith(Value *From, Value *To)
Replace uses of one Value with another.
Definition User.cpp:25
Value * getOperand(unsigned i) const
Definition User.h:207
unsigned getNumOperands() const
Definition User.h:229
op_iterator op_end()
Definition User.h:261
LLVM Value Representation.
Definition Value.h:75
Type * getType() const
All values are typed, get the type of this value.
Definition Value.h:256
const Value * stripAndAccumulateInBoundsConstantOffsets(const DataLayout &DL, APInt &Offset) const
This is a wrapper around stripAndAccumulateConstantOffsets with the in-bounds requirement set to fals...
Definition Value.h:759
LLVM_ABI bool hasOneUser() const
Return true if there is exactly one user of this value.
Definition Value.cpp:166
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one use of this value.
Definition Value.h:439
LLVMContext & getContext() const
All values hold a context through their type.
Definition Value.h:259
iterator_range< user_iterator > users()
Definition Value.h:426
bool hasUseList() const
Check if this Value has a use-list.
Definition Value.h:344
LLVM_ABI bool hasNUses(unsigned N) const
Return true if this Value has exactly N uses.
Definition Value.cpp:150
LLVM_ABI const Value * stripPointerCasts() const
Strip off pointer casts, all-zero GEPs and address space casts.
Definition Value.cpp:708
bool use_empty() const
Definition Value.h:346
LLVM_ABI uint64_t getPointerDereferenceableBytes(const DataLayout &DL, bool &CanBeNull, bool &CanBeFreed) const
Returns the number of bytes known to be dereferenceable for the pointer value.
Definition Value.cpp:888
LLVM_ABI StringRef getName() const
Return a constant reference to the value's name.
Definition Value.cpp:322
LLVM_ABI void takeName(Value *V)
Transfer the name from V to this value.
Definition Value.cpp:403
Base class of all SIMD vector types.
ElementCount getElementCount() const
Return an ElementCount instance to represent the (possibly scalable) number of elements in the vector...
static LLVM_ABI VectorType * get(Type *ElementType, ElementCount EC)
This static method is the primary way to construct an VectorType.
Value handle that is nullable, but tries to track the Value.
An efficient, type-erasing, non-owning reference to a callable.
const ParentTy * getParent() const
Definition ilist_node.h:34
reverse_self_iterator getReverseIterator()
Definition ilist_node.h:126
self_iterator getIterator()
Definition ilist_node.h:123
This class implements an extremely fast bulk output stream that can only output to a stream.
Definition raw_ostream.h:53
A raw_ostream that writes to an std::string.
Changed
#define llvm_unreachable(msg)
Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
Abstract Attribute helper functions.
Definition Attributor.h:165
@ C
The default llvm calling convention, compatible with C.
Definition CallingConv.h:34
LLVM_ABI Function * getOrInsertDeclaration(Module *M, ID id, ArrayRef< Type * > Tys={})
Look up the Function declaration of the intrinsic id in the Module M.
BinaryOp_match< SpecificConstantMatch, SrcTy, TargetOpcode::G_SUB > m_Neg(const SrcTy &&Src)
Matches a register negated by a G_SUB.
BinaryOp_match< SrcTy, SpecificConstantMatch, TargetOpcode::G_XOR, true > m_Not(const SrcTy &&Src)
Matches a register not-ed by a G_XOR.
OneUse_match< SubPat > m_OneUse(const SubPat &SP)
cst_pred_ty< is_all_ones > m_AllOnes()
Match an integer or vector with all bits set.
class_match< PoisonValue > m_Poison()
Match an arbitrary poison constant.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::And > m_And(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
PtrAdd_match< PointerOpTy, OffsetOpTy > m_PtrAdd(const PointerOpTy &PointerOp, const OffsetOpTy &OffsetOp)
Matches GEP with i8 source element type.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add > m_Add(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
class_match< BinaryOperator > m_BinOp()
Match an arbitrary binary operation and ignore it.
CmpClass_match< LHS, RHS, FCmpInst > m_FCmp(CmpPredicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::AShr > m_AShr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
auto m_PtrToIntOrAddr(const OpTy &Op)
Matches PtrToInt or PtrToAddr.
class_match< Constant > m_Constant()
Match an arbitrary Constant and ignore it.
OneOps_match< OpTy, Instruction::Freeze > m_Freeze(const OpTy &Op)
Matches FreezeInst.
ap_match< APInt > m_APInt(const APInt *&Res)
Match a ConstantInt or splatted ConstantVector, binding the specified pointer to the contained APInt.
CastInst_match< OpTy, TruncInst > m_Trunc(const OpTy &Op)
Matches Trunc.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Xor > m_Xor(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
br_match m_UnconditionalBr(BasicBlock *&Succ)
ap_match< APInt > m_APIntAllowPoison(const APInt *&Res)
Match APInt while allowing poison in splat vector constants.
specific_intval< false > m_SpecificInt(const APInt &V)
Match a specific integer value or vector with all elements equal to the value.
bool match(Val *V, const Pattern &P)
BinOpPred_match< LHS, RHS, is_idiv_op > m_IDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches integer division operations.
bind_ty< Instruction > m_Instruction(Instruction *&I)
Match an instruction, capturing it if we match.
specificval_ty m_Specific(const Value *V)
Match if we have a specific specified value.
DisjointOr_match< LHS, RHS > m_DisjointOr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
constantexpr_match m_ConstantExpr()
Match a constant expression or a constant that contains a constant expression.
BinOpPred_match< LHS, RHS, is_right_shift_op > m_Shr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches logical shift operations.
ap_match< APFloat > m_APFloat(const APFloat *&Res)
Match a ConstantFP or splatted ConstantVector, binding the specified pointer to the contained APFloat...
cst_pred_ty< is_nonnegative > m_NonNegative()
Match an integer or vector of non-negative values.
class_match< ConstantInt > m_ConstantInt()
Match an arbitrary ConstantInt and ignore it.
IntrinsicID_match m_Intrinsic()
Match intrinsic calls like this: m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::fabs>(m_Value(X))
ThreeOps_match< Cond, LHS, RHS, Instruction::Select > m_Select(const Cond &C, const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches SelectInst.
ExtractValue_match< Ind, Val_t > m_ExtractValue(const Val_t &V)
Match a single index ExtractValue instruction.
match_combine_and< LTy, RTy > m_CombineAnd(const LTy &L, const RTy &R)
Combine two pattern matchers matching L && R.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Mul > m_Mul(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
NNegZExt_match< OpTy > m_NNegZExt(const OpTy &Op)
auto m_LogicalOr()
Matches L || R where L and R are arbitrary values.
Splat_match< T > m_ConstantSplat(const T &SubPattern)
Match a constant splat. TODO: Extend this to non-constant splats.
TwoOps_match< V1_t, V2_t, Instruction::ShuffleVector > m_Shuffle(const V1_t &v1, const V2_t &v2)
Matches ShuffleVectorInst independently of mask value.
ThreeOps_match< decltype(m_Value()), LHS, RHS, Instruction::Select, true > m_c_Select(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Match Select(C, LHS, RHS) or Select(C, RHS, LHS)
SpecificCmpClass_match< LHS, RHS, ICmpInst > m_SpecificICmp(CmpPredicate MatchPred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
CastInst_match< OpTy, ZExtInst > m_ZExt(const OpTy &Op)
Matches ZExt.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::UDiv > m_UDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
brc_match< Cond_t, bind_ty< BasicBlock >, bind_ty< BasicBlock > > m_Br(const Cond_t &C, BasicBlock *&T, BasicBlock *&F)
match_immconstant_ty m_ImmConstant()
Match an arbitrary immediate Constant and ignore it.
match_combine_or< BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add >, DisjointOr_match< LHS, RHS > > m_AddLike(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Match either "add" or "or disjoint".
CastInst_match< OpTy, UIToFPInst > m_UIToFP(const OpTy &Op)
CastOperator_match< OpTy, Instruction::BitCast > m_BitCast(const OpTy &Op)
Matches BitCast.
match_combine_or< CastInst_match< OpTy, SExtInst >, NNegZExt_match< OpTy > > m_SExtLike(const OpTy &Op)
Match either "sext" or "zext nneg".
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::SDiv > m_SDiv(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
match_combine_or< OverflowingBinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add, OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap >, DisjointOr_match< LHS, RHS > > m_NSWAddLike(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Match either "add nsw" or "or disjoint".
class_match< Value > m_Value()
Match an arbitrary value and ignore it.
AnyBinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, true > m_c_BinOp(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches a BinaryOperator with LHS and RHS in either order.
CastInst_match< OpTy, SIToFPInst > m_SIToFP(const OpTy &Op)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::LShr > m_LShr(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
CmpClass_match< LHS, RHS, ICmpInst > m_ICmp(CmpPredicate &Pred, const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
match_combine_or< CastInst_match< OpTy, ZExtInst >, CastInst_match< OpTy, SExtInst > > m_ZExtOrSExt(const OpTy &Op)
BinOpPred_match< LHS, RHS, is_shift_op > m_Shift(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Matches shift operations.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Shl > m_Shl(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
cstfp_pred_ty< is_non_zero_fp > m_NonZeroFP()
Match a floating-point non-zero.
m_Intrinsic_Ty< Opnd0 >::Ty m_VecReverse(const Opnd0 &Op0)
auto m_LogicalAnd()
Matches L && R where L and R are arbitrary values.
match_combine_or< match_combine_or< MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smax_pred_ty >, MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, smin_pred_ty > >, match_combine_or< MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umax_pred_ty >, MaxMin_match< ICmpInst, LHS, RHS, umin_pred_ty > > > m_MaxOrMin(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
auto m_Undef()
Match an arbitrary undef constant.
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Or > m_Or(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
CastInst_match< OpTy, SExtInst > m_SExt(const OpTy &Op)
Matches SExt.
is_zero m_Zero()
Match any null constant or a vector with all elements equal to 0.
match_combine_or< OverflowingBinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Add, OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoUnsignedWrap >, DisjointOr_match< LHS, RHS > > m_NUWAddLike(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
Match either "add nuw" or "or disjoint".
m_Intrinsic_Ty< Opnd0, Opnd1, Opnd2 >::Ty m_VectorInsert(const Opnd0 &Op0, const Opnd1 &Op1, const Opnd2 &Op2)
BinaryOp_match< LHS, RHS, Instruction::Sub > m_Sub(const LHS &L, const RHS &R)
match_combine_or< LTy, RTy > m_CombineOr(const LTy &L, const RTy &R)
Combine two pattern matchers matching L || R.
initializer< Ty > init(const Ty &Val)
friend class Instruction
Iterator for Instructions in a `BasicBlock.
Definition BasicBlock.h:73
This is an optimization pass for GlobalISel generic memory operations.
Definition Types.h:26
auto drop_begin(T &&RangeOrContainer, size_t N=1)
Return a range covering RangeOrContainer with the first N elements excluded.
Definition STLExtras.h:316
LLVM_ABI Intrinsic::ID getInverseMinMaxIntrinsic(Intrinsic::ID MinMaxID)
@ Offset
Definition DWP.cpp:532
detail::zippy< detail::zip_shortest, T, U, Args... > zip(T &&t, U &&u, Args &&...args)
zip iterator for two or more iteratable types.
Definition STLExtras.h:829
FunctionAddr VTableAddr Value
Definition InstrProf.h:137
void stable_sort(R &&Range)
Definition STLExtras.h:2106
LLVM_ABI void initializeInstructionCombiningPassPass(PassRegistry &)
LLVM_ABI unsigned removeAllNonTerminatorAndEHPadInstructions(BasicBlock *BB)
Remove all instructions from a basic block other than its terminator and any present EH pad instructi...
Definition Local.cpp:2485
bool all_of(R &&range, UnaryPredicate P)
Provide wrappers to std::all_of which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1737
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyGEPInst(Type *SrcTy, Value *Ptr, ArrayRef< Value * > Indices, GEPNoWrapFlags NW, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a GetElementPtrInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Constant * getInitialValueOfAllocation(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, Type *Ty)
If this is a call to an allocation function that initializes memory to a fixed value,...
bool succ_empty(const Instruction *I)
Definition CFG.h:257
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyFreezeInst(Value *Op, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given an operand for a Freeze, see if we can fold the result.
LLVM_ABI FunctionPass * createInstructionCombiningPass()
LLVM_ABI void findDbgValues(Value *V, SmallVectorImpl< DbgVariableRecord * > &DbgVariableRecords)
Finds the dbg.values describing a value.
auto enumerate(FirstRange &&First, RestRanges &&...Rest)
Given two or more input ranges, returns a new range whose values are tuples (A, B,...
Definition STLExtras.h:2544
decltype(auto) dyn_cast(const From &Val)
dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:643
LLVM_ABI void salvageDebugInfo(const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, MachineInstr &MI)
Assuming the instruction MI is going to be deleted, attempt to salvage debug users of MI by writing t...
Definition Utils.cpp:1731
auto successors(const MachineBasicBlock *BB)
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldInstruction(const Instruction *I, const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr)
ConstantFoldInstruction - Try to constant fold the specified instruction.
LLVM_ABI bool isRemovableAlloc(const CallBase *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI)
Return true if this is a call to an allocation function that does not have side effects that we are r...
LLVM_ABI std::optional< StringRef > getAllocationFamily(const Value *I, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI)
If a function is part of an allocation family (e.g.
OuterAnalysisManagerProxy< ModuleAnalysisManager, Function > ModuleAnalysisManagerFunctionProxy
Provide the ModuleAnalysisManager to Function proxy.
LLVM_ABI Value * lowerObjectSizeCall(IntrinsicInst *ObjectSize, const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, bool MustSucceed)
Try to turn a call to @llvm.objectsize into an integer value of the given Type.
iterator_range< T > make_range(T x, T y)
Convenience function for iterating over sub-ranges.
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyInstructionWithOperands(Instruction *I, ArrayRef< Value * > NewOps, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Like simplifyInstruction but the operands of I are replaced with NewOps.
void append_range(Container &C, Range &&R)
Wrapper function to append range R to container C.
Definition STLExtras.h:2198
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(unsigned Predicate, Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS, const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr, const Instruction *I=nullptr)
Attempt to constant fold a compare instruction (icmp/fcmp) with the specified operands.
iterator_range< early_inc_iterator_impl< detail::IterOfRange< RangeT > > > make_early_inc_range(RangeT &&Range)
Make a range that does early increment to allow mutation of the underlying range without disrupting i...
Definition STLExtras.h:632
gep_type_iterator gep_type_end(const User *GEP)
LLVM_ABI Value * getSplatValue(const Value *V)
Get splat value if the input is a splat vector or return nullptr.
LLVM_ABI Value * getReallocatedOperand(const CallBase *CB)
If this is a call to a realloc function, return the reallocated operand.
APFloat frexp(const APFloat &X, int &Exp, APFloat::roundingMode RM)
Equivalent of C standard library function.
Definition APFloat.h:1618
LLVM_ABI bool isAllocLikeFn(const Value *V, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI)
Tests if a value is a call or invoke to a library function that allocates memory (either malloc,...
LLVM_ABI bool handleUnreachableTerminator(Instruction *I, SmallVectorImpl< Value * > &PoisonedValues)
If a terminator in an unreachable basic block has an operand of type Instruction, transform it into p...
Definition Local.cpp:2468
int countr_zero(T Val)
Count number of 0's from the least significant bit to the most stopping at the first 1.
Definition bit.h:202
LLVM_ABI bool matchSimpleRecurrence(const PHINode *P, BinaryOperator *&BO, Value *&Start, Value *&Step)
Attempt to match a simple first order recurrence cycle of the form: iv = phi Ty [Start,...
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyAddInst(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsNSW, bool IsNUW, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an Add, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldConstant(const Constant *C, const DataLayout &DL, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr)
ConstantFoldConstant - Fold the constant using the specified DataLayout.
auto dyn_cast_or_null(const Y &Val)
Definition Casting.h:753
constexpr bool has_single_bit(T Value) noexcept
Definition bit.h:147
bool any_of(R &&range, UnaryPredicate P)
Provide wrappers to std::any_of which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1744
LLVM_ABI bool isInstructionTriviallyDead(Instruction *I, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI=nullptr)
Return true if the result produced by the instruction is not used, and the instruction will return.
Definition Local.cpp:402
LLVM_ABI bool isSplatValue(const Value *V, int Index=-1, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if each element of the vector value V is poisoned or equal to every other non-poisoned el...
LLVM_ABI Value * emitGEPOffset(IRBuilderBase *Builder, const DataLayout &DL, User *GEP, bool NoAssumptions=false)
Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the code necessary to compute the offset from th...
Definition Local.cpp:22
constexpr unsigned MaxAnalysisRecursionDepth
auto reverse(ContainerTy &&C)
Definition STLExtras.h:406
bool isModSet(const ModRefInfo MRI)
Definition ModRef.h:49
FPClassTest
Floating-point class tests, supported by 'is_fpclass' intrinsic.
LLVM_ABI bool LowerDbgDeclare(Function &F)
Lowers dbg.declare records into appropriate set of dbg.value records.
Definition Local.cpp:1795
LLVM_ABI bool NullPointerIsDefined(const Function *F, unsigned AS=0)
Check whether null pointer dereferencing is considered undefined behavior for a given function or an ...
LLVM_ABI raw_ostream & dbgs()
dbgs() - This returns a reference to a raw_ostream for debugging messages.
Definition Debug.cpp:207
generic_gep_type_iterator<> gep_type_iterator
LLVM_ABI void ConvertDebugDeclareToDebugValue(DbgVariableRecord *DVR, StoreInst *SI, DIBuilder &Builder)
Inserts a dbg.value record before a store to an alloca'd value that has an associated dbg....
Definition Local.cpp:1662
LLVM_ABI void salvageDebugInfoForDbgValues(Instruction &I, ArrayRef< DbgVariableRecord * > DPInsns)
Implementation of salvageDebugInfo, applying only to instructions in Insns, rather than all debug use...
Definition Local.cpp:2037
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldCastOperand(unsigned Opcode, Constant *C, Type *DestTy, const DataLayout &DL)
Attempt to constant fold a cast with the specified operand.
LLVM_ABI bool canCreateUndefOrPoison(const Operator *Op, bool ConsiderFlagsAndMetadata=true)
canCreateUndefOrPoison returns true if Op can create undef or poison from non-undef & non-poison oper...
LLVM_ABI EHPersonality classifyEHPersonality(const Value *Pers)
See if the given exception handling personality function is one that we understand.
class LLVM_GSL_OWNER SmallVector
Forward declaration of SmallVector so that calculateSmallVectorDefaultInlinedElements can reference s...
bool isa(const From &Val)
isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one of the template type argu...
Definition Casting.h:547
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyExtractValueInst(Value *Agg, ArrayRef< unsigned > Idxs, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for an ExtractValueInst, fold the result or return null.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldBinaryOpOperands(unsigned Opcode, Constant *LHS, Constant *RHS, const DataLayout &DL)
Attempt to constant fold a binary operation with the specified operands.
LLVM_ABI bool replaceAllDbgUsesWith(Instruction &From, Value &To, Instruction &DomPoint, DominatorTree &DT)
Point debug users of From to To or salvage them.
Definition Local.cpp:2414
LLVM_ABI bool isKnownNonZero(const Value *V, const SimplifyQuery &Q, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if the given value is known to be non-zero when defined.
constexpr int PoisonMaskElem
auto drop_end(T &&RangeOrContainer, size_t N=1)
Return a range covering RangeOrContainer with the last N elements excluded.
Definition STLExtras.h:323
ModRefInfo
Flags indicating whether a memory access modifies or references memory.
Definition ModRef.h:28
@ Ref
The access may reference the value stored in memory.
Definition ModRef.h:32
@ ModRef
The access may reference and may modify the value stored in memory.
Definition ModRef.h:36
@ Mod
The access may modify the value stored in memory.
Definition ModRef.h:34
@ NoModRef
The access neither references nor modifies the value stored in memory.
Definition ModRef.h:30
TargetTransformInfo TTI
LLVM_ABI Value * simplifyBinOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const SimplifyQuery &Q)
Given operands for a BinaryOperator, fold the result or return null.
@ Sub
Subtraction of integers.
@ Add
Sum of integers.
DWARFExpression::Operation Op
bool isSafeToSpeculativelyExecuteWithVariableReplaced(const Instruction *I, bool IgnoreUBImplyingAttrs=true)
Don't use information from its non-constant operands.
LLVM_ABI bool isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoison(const Value *V, AssumptionCache *AC=nullptr, const Instruction *CtxI=nullptr, const DominatorTree *DT=nullptr, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if this function can prove that V does not have undef bits and is never poison.
ArrayRef(const T &OneElt) -> ArrayRef< T >
LLVM_ABI Value * getFreedOperand(const CallBase *CB, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI)
If this if a call to a free function, return the freed operand.
constexpr unsigned BitWidth
LLVM_ABI bool isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(const Instruction *I)
Return true if this function can prove that the instruction I will always transfer execution to one o...
LLVM_ABI Constant * getLosslessInvCast(Constant *C, Type *InvCastTo, unsigned CastOp, const DataLayout &DL, PreservedCastFlags *Flags=nullptr)
Try to cast C to InvC losslessly, satisfying CastOp(InvC) equals C, or CastOp(InvC) is a refined valu...
auto count_if(R &&Range, UnaryPredicate P)
Wrapper function around std::count_if to count the number of times an element satisfying a given pred...
Definition STLExtras.h:2009
decltype(auto) cast(const From &Val)
cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:559
gep_type_iterator gep_type_begin(const User *GEP)
auto predecessors(const MachineBasicBlock *BB)
bool is_contained(R &&Range, const E &Element)
Returns true if Element is found in Range.
Definition STLExtras.h:1945
cl::opt< bool > ProfcheckDisableMetadataFixes("profcheck-disable-metadata-fixes", cl::Hidden, cl::init(false), cl::desc("Disable metadata propagation fixes discovered through Issue #147390"))
Definition Metadata.cpp:64
AnalysisManager< Function > FunctionAnalysisManager
Convenience typedef for the Function analysis manager.
bool equal(L &&LRange, R &&RRange)
Wrapper function around std::equal to detect if pair-wise elements between two ranges are the same.
Definition STLExtras.h:2136
LLVM_ABI const Value * getUnderlyingObject(const Value *V, unsigned MaxLookup=MaxLookupSearchDepth)
This method strips off any GEP address adjustments, pointer casts or llvm.threadlocal....
AAResults AliasAnalysis
Temporary typedef for legacy code that uses a generic AliasAnalysis pointer or reference.
static auto filterDbgVars(iterator_range< simple_ilist< DbgRecord >::iterator > R)
Filter the DbgRecord range to DbgVariableRecord types only and downcast.
LLVM_ABI void initializeInstCombine(PassRegistry &)
Initialize all passes linked into the InstCombine library.
LLVM_ABI void findDbgUsers(Value *V, SmallVectorImpl< DbgVariableRecord * > &DbgVariableRecords)
Finds the debug info records describing a value.
LLVM_ABI Constant * ConstantFoldBinaryInstruction(unsigned Opcode, Constant *V1, Constant *V2)
bool isRefSet(const ModRefInfo MRI)
Definition ModRef.h:52
LLVM_ABI std::optional< bool > isImpliedCondition(const Value *LHS, const Value *RHS, const DataLayout &DL, bool LHSIsTrue=true, unsigned Depth=0)
Return true if RHS is known to be implied true by LHS.
LLVM_ABI void reportFatalUsageError(Error Err)
Report a fatal error that does not indicate a bug in LLVM.
Definition Error.cpp:177
void swap(llvm::BitVector &LHS, llvm::BitVector &RHS)
Implement std::swap in terms of BitVector swap.
Definition BitVector.h:872
#define N
unsigned countMinLeadingOnes() const
Returns the minimum number of leading one bits.
Definition KnownBits.h:264
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Get the bit width of this value.
Definition KnownBits.h:44
unsigned countMinLeadingZeros() const
Returns the minimum number of leading zero bits.
Definition KnownBits.h:261
A CRTP mix-in to automatically provide informational APIs needed for passes.
Definition PassManager.h:70
SimplifyQuery getWithInstruction(const Instruction *I) const